Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Fevertree Drinks

Fevertree Drinks

fevr · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker fevr
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Fevertree Drinks
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS
for the year ended 31 December 2021

F

e

v

e

r

-

T

r

e

e

D

r

i

n

k

s

P

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

PREMIUM  
INGREDIENTS  
FOR GROWTH

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

FEVER-TREE IS THE WORLD’S 
LEADING SUPPLIER OF PREMIUM 
CARBONATED MIXERS BY 
RETAIL SALES VALUE, WITH 
DISTRIBUTION TO OVER 80 
COUNTRIES INTERNATIONALLY. 

OUR STORY IS ABOUT GOING  
TO EXCEPTIONAL LENGTHS IN  
THE PURSUIT OF THE BEST.

OUR PURPOSE 

Fever-Tree was founded on the 
belief that there had to be a better 
way, to not compromise or accept 
the status quo.

This is as true today as it was when our first 
bottle of tonic was produced in 2005 and 
remains central to everything we do. 

We are passionate in the pursuit of 
excellence, continuing to innovate in terms 
of our products and packaging, challenging 
ourselves to make a meaningful difference 
in the fight against climate change or how 
we build direct, sustainable relationships 
throughout our supply chain, and we want 
our approach to inspire and engage our 
colleagues, our customers, our partners and 
our consumers in the pursuit of the best. 

OUR CULTURE

Our culture continues to be 
fostered on the entrepreneurial 
values of the Group’s co-founders…

…enabling all our team, regardless of location, 
department or level, to feel they can make a 
real difference to the business, and in doing 
so grow to their full potential within the 
company and be part of its ongoing success.

For the latest investor relations information, visit our website: www.fever-tree.com_gb/investors

OVERVIEW

Highlights 

Our Key Strengths 

At a Glance 

Chairman’s Statement 

STRATEGIC REPORT

Our Business Model 

Our Business Model in Action 

Our Strategy 

Chief Executive’s Review 

Sustainability Review 

Financial Review 

Section 172 and 
Stakeholder Engagement 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties 

Viability Statement 

02

03

04

06

10

12

20

26

36

54

58

62

68

FEVER-TREE.COM

CONTENTS

GOVERNANCE

Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance Statement 

Audit Committee Report 

Nomination Committee Report 

Remuneration Committee Report 

Directors’ Report 

70

72

76

80

82

96

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  98

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent Auditors’ Report 

100

Consolidated Statement of  
Profit or Loss and Other  
Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement  
of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement  
of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements 

Company Statement  
of Financial Position 

Company Statement  
of Changes in Equity 

Notes to the Company Financial 
Statements 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Company Information 

Notice of Annual General Meeting 

108

109

110

111

112

138

139

140

143

144

01

AT A  
GLANCE  
PAGE 04 

OUR BUSINESS 
MODEL IN ACTION 
PAGE 12

SUSTAINABILITY 
REVIEW  
PAGE 36

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

HIGHLIGHTS

STRONG FINANCIAL POSITION

This robust platform underpins our ability to continue to invest  
and make strategic progress across our key regions

FINANCIAL

£311.1m

£166.2m

£63.0m

2021

2021

2021

REVENUE 

ADJUSTED EBITDA 

CASH

£311.1m

(2020: £252.1m)

£63.0m

(2020: £57.0m)

£166.2m

(2020: £143.1m)

OPERATIONAL

469m

2021

BOTTLES SOLD

469m

(2020: 370m)

219m

2021

CANS SOLD

219m

(2020: 176m)

SUSTAINABILITY

•  ALL MIXERS SOLD IN THE UK NOW CARBON NEUTRAL

•  ACCREDITED AS ‘OUTSTANDING’ FIRM TO WORK FOR

•  PARTNERSHIP WITH EARTHWATCH EUROPE TO  
PLANT LONDON’S FIRST TINY FOREST

•  ONE OF TOP 10 FOOD AND DRINK COMPANIES  
TO WORK FOR IN THE UK

Footnote: Analysis on pages 1 to 81 of this front end of the Annual Report refers to adjusted EBITDA. The Group believes adjusted EBITDA to be a key indicator of 
underlying operational performance, adjusting operating profit for several non-cash items. As a consequence of these adjustments, the Group believes that adjusted 
EBITDA represents normalised operating profits. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended 31 December 2021 is operating profit of £63.0m before depreciation of £3.2m, 
amortisation of £1.5m and share based payment charges of £2.7m. Adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure since it represents to users a normalised, comparable 
operating profit, excluding the effects of the accounting estimates and non-cash items mentioned above. The definition for adjusted EBITDA as defined above is 
consistent with the definition applied in previous years. This measure is not defined in the International Financial Reporting Standards, which forms the basis of the 
presentation of the Financial Statements included on pages 82 to 126. Since this is an indicator specific to the Group’s operational structure, it may not be comparable 
to adjusted metricies used by other companies.

02

 
OVERVIEW  |  Our Key Strengths

OUR KEY STRENGTHS

1. 

 AWARD-WINNING, HIGHEST 
QUALITY PRODUCTS 
WITH EXPERTLY SOURCED 
INGREDIENTS AND PREMIUM 
PROVENANCE

•  We use only the highest quality 

ingredients in our products, working 
with growers and experts who share 
our passion.

•  We work together to fully understand 

how local climates and growing 
techniques affect the ingredients and 
contribute to the flavour. 

•  This approach has allowed us to 

forge long-standing relationships 
with our suppliers, creating a clear 
differentiator from Fever-Tree’s mass-
market competition, as well as new 
entrants into the category and is key to 
our product quality and brand image.

2. 

 DISTINCT AND AUTHENTIC 
SUSTAINABILITY CREDENTIALS 
UNDERPINNING THE BRAND’S 
PREMIUM POSITIONING

•  All of our mixers sold in the UK 

are now carbon neutral – the first 
mixer brand to reach this status – 
contributing to the fight against 
climate change, as well as providing a 
clear point of difference for customers 
and consumers alike.

•  Our approach to sourcing and how we 
work closely with specialist growers 
and suppliers provides opportunities 
to ensure not only the quality of the 
ingredients but also the sustainable 
methods used in their production.

3. 

 AN AWARD-WINNING BRAND 
WITH FIRST MOVER ADVANTAGE

•  Fever-Tree has been voted the no.1 

best-selling and no.1 trending tonic 
water by the world’s best bars for 
the eighth year running in Drinks 
International’s Annual Brand Report. 

•  We were the first mover and innovator 
of the global premium mixer category, 
which enriches the brand’s  
authenticity and attractiveness 
to the industry’s  
leading bartenders  
and trade 
influencers.

Find out more on / fever-tree.com

Read our sustainability section / pages 36 to 53

Read about our innovation / pages 24 and 25

4. 

 GLOBAL MARKET-LEADING 
POSITION WITH EXPOSURE 
TO SIGNIFICANT CURRENT 
AND FUTURE GROWTH 
OPPORTUNITIES

•  We are the leading premium mixer 

brand globally.

•  Our revenue, and global opportunity 

ahead, is well diversified across 
geographies, channels, customers 
and products.

•  As the only premium mixer player with 
global scale, we are ideally positioned 
to benefit from the shift in the total 
beverage market towards spirits and 
away from beer/wine alongside a 
strong premiumisation trend and 
growing interest in long mixed drinks.

5. 

 PROVEN INNOVATION TRACK 
RECORD WITH PRODUCTS & 
FORMATS TO SUIT A WIDE 
RANGE OF MIXING OCCASIONS

•  Innovation is – and has always been –  
at the heart of our brand and business.

•  We remain the pioneers, continuing to 
lead the way within premium mixers, 
creating original and exciting products 
for unrivalled drinking experiences.

•  Our innovation is governed by 

drinking trends and the evolving needs 
of our consumers around the world, 
enabling us to produce new products 
to suit drinking habits across different 
regions.

•  Alongside new flavours and ranges, we 
continue to evolve our format mix to 
reflect changing purchasing behaviour.

6. 

 SCALABLE AND AGILE 
BUSINESS MODEL

•  Our outsourced business model, 
underpinned by strong, well-
established relationships with 
suppliers, bottlers and distributors, 
allows for scalability and operational 
flexibility whilst maintaining the 
highest quality control, without 
the requirement for major capital 
commitment from the Group.

•  We continue to move manufacturing 

closer to our end markets, with 
production now established with our 
West Coast US bottling partner and 
coming online at the same partner’s  
new East Coast bottling facility. 

Read our Business Model / pages 10 and 11

Read the Chief Executive’s Review / pages 26 to 35

Read our Financial Review / pages 54 to 57

03

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

AT A GLANCE

STRONGLY DIVERSIFIED ACROSS GEOGRAPHIES,  
CHANNELS AND PRODUCTS

Our global reach – Fever-Tree sells to over 80 countries

UK
REVENUE 

% SHARE OF REVENUE

£118.3m

(2020: £103.3m)

38%

US
REVENUE 

£77.9m

(2020: £58.5m)

% SHARE OF REVENUE

25%

04

OVERVIEW  |  At a Glance

EUROPE
REVENUE 

£88.2m

(2020: £65.3m*)

% SHARE OF REVENUE

28%

* 

 FY20 includes £6.4m revenue from GDP’s portfolio brands

REST OF THE WORLD
REVENUE 

% SHARE OF REVENUE

£26.7m

(2020: £25.0m)

9%

05

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

AN OPTIMISTIC FUTURE
“Fever-Tree achieved a good financial performance  
and significant operational progress in 2021. This highlights 
the strength of the business and the brand, especially given 
the challenging circumstances we were operating in.”

BILL RONALD
Non-Executive Chairman

REVENUE

£311.1m

(2020: £252.1m)

CASH

£166.2m

(2020: £143.1m)

Fever-Tree’s strong business model has enabled us to 
navigate the challenging environment over the last two 
years and continue to grow across the world, meaning 
more consumers than ever before are enjoying our 
premium mixers. 

Our young, entrepreneurial team 
have done a fantastic job in very 
difficult circumstances, which is a 
credit to their agility and the strong 
relationships they have built with 
our customers and throughout 
our supply chain. On behalf of the 
Board, I would like to begin by 
formally thanking our extremely 
talented Fever-Tree team.

The first half of 2021 remained 
dominated by strict restrictions in 
the On-Trade across most of our 
regions. During this period, the 
Group’s priority remained the health 
and safety or our employees, partners 
and communities, alongside a focus 
on the Off-Trade channel. 

Restrictions started to subside in 
most markets early in the second 
half of the year, and the focus could 
shift back to the On-Trade and 
total top line growth, alongside 
managing the logistic and supply 
chain challenges that increasingly 
impacted the entire industry.

Despite some restrictions being 
re-introduced during the last few 
weeks of the year, particularly in 
Europe, we delivered a strong set of 
full year results and whilst we are 
mindful of the current situation in 
Ukraine and related geopolitical 
uncertainty the Board remains 
confident in management’s long-
term ambitions for the brand and 
the opportunity ahead.

BILL RONALD
Non-Executive Chairman

06

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021OVERVIEW  |  Chairman’s Statement

“ Fever-Tree is driving the growth of premium mixers 
around the world and consequently the increasing 
popularity of long mixed drinks.”

2021 Performance

Strategy

Fever-Tree achieved a good 
financial performance and 
significant operational progress in 
2021. This highlights the strength 
of the business and the brand, 
especially given the challenging 
circumstances we were operating in.  
Revenue increased by 23.4% to 
£311.1 million, an impressive result 
in a year where the On-Trade, 
which usually accounts for almost 
half of the Group’s revenue, was 
closed or under restrictions in many 
of our regions during the first half 
of the year. EBITDA increased 
10.3% to £63.0 million (2020: 
£57.0m), as the Group continued 
to invest in the brand and the wider 
business through the pandemic.

The long-term trends continue to 
support the growth of the brand and 
the wider mixer category. The value 
of global spirits is increasing, driven 
by the premium segments1, with the 
same phenomenon being seen in the 
mixer category2. Fever-Tree is driving 
the growth of premium mixers 
around the world, and consequently 
the increasing popularity of long 
mixed drinks. These trends, 
supported by the Group’s ongoing 
investment activities, enabled the 
brand to grow in every one of our 
reported regions during 2021, with 
the opportunity ahead remaining 
significant across multiple markets.

The growing interest in making 
great tasting, long mixed drinks 
at home during the pandemic, 
particularly in the UK and the US, 
has remained to a large extent even 
as the On-Trade reopened, with 
consumers more willing to trade up 
and treat themselves. Alongside this, 
consumers have been keen to return 
to social occasions in the On-Trade. 

1  IWSR

2  IRI & Nielsen

The Board works closely with  
the founder-led Executive 
management team, and as part  
of its responsibilities, carries out  
a review of the Group’s strategy   
on an annual basis.

Revenue increased by 23.4% year-
on-year, reflecting the share gains 
Fever-Tree has made in the Off-
Trade around the world, as well as 
positive momentum as the On-Trade 
re-opened throughout the second 
half of the year. The Board believes 
that Fever-Tree has delivered a good 
performance across all regions, with 
notably strong performances in the 
US and Europe.

The brand has continued to innovate 
the category, launching several new 
mixers over the last two years, which 
have started to gain strong traction. 
The new range of Premium Sodas 
were launched in the UK On-Trade 
as it opened this summer after a 
successful Off-Trade launch last year, 
broadening our versatility and appeal 
to younger consumers. In the US, the 
launch of Sparkling Lime & Yuzu has 
started to elevate the vodka, lime and 
soda serve to great effect, following 
on from the launch of Sparkling 
Pink Grapefruit in 2020 to mix with 
Tequila, which continues to perform 
very strongly; in Europe, the launch 
of Rhubarb & Raspberry Tonic has 
become popular with consumers 
pairing with flavoured gins.

07

Throughout the year the Board has 
shared discussions with every region 
and the majority of departmental 
heads, updating us on the strategy 
and execution of projects and 
workstreams. The Board continues 
to be impressed by how the team has 
remained focused on the longer-term 
opportunity alongside successfully 
navigating short-term obstacles.

The Board

This year, the Board was delighted 
to welcome Laura Hagen as a new 
Non-Executive Director. Laura is 
Chief Human Resource Officer at 
Tate & Lyle PLC and has 20 years’ 
experience in HR. She brings 
a wealth of relevant experience 
across both listed and founder-led 
businesses that further strengthens 
our Board’s capabilities.

Culture

The challenges and adversity that 
we have overcome in the last two 
years have further distilled the 
strong culture across our business, 
especially within our international 
teams, that have been even more 
connected than ever before through 
the extensive use of virtual platforms 
to link colleagues across borders. 
The decision not to furlough any 
staff throughout the crisis was 
fully supported by the Board and 
not only provided everyone with 
job security, but also put us in a 
strong commercial position with 
our ongoing support of the On-
Trade. In addition, the strength of 
our relationships across our supply 
chain partners, our importers and 
distributors, and our customers 
continues to ensure that the business 
manages the current logistical 
disruption with minimal impact.

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT continued

Sustainability

Dividend

Reflecting the financial strength and 
continuing confidence of the Group, 
the Board is pleased to recommend 
a final dividend of 10.47 pence per 
share in respect of 2021 (2020: 
10.27 pence per share) bringing the 
total ordinary dividend for the year 
to 15.99 pence per share (2020: 
15.68 pence per share). In addition 
to this, reflecting the financial 
strength and continuing confidence 
of the Group, the Board considers 
it appropriate to recommend a 
special dividend of 42.90 pence 
per share. If approved, this would 
bring the total dividend for 2021 to 
58.89 pence per share (2020: 15.68 
pence per share). If approved by 
shareholders at the AGM on 19 May 
2022, the final dividend will be paid 
on 27 May 2022 to shareholders on 
the register on 7 April 2022.

AGM

The AGM is due to take place on 
19 May 2022. Shareholders will be 
able to vote on resolutions by proxy 
by following the guidance provided 
in the AGM notice. Shareholders 
are also invited to submit any 
questions for the Board to 
agm@fever-tree.com.

BILL RONALD
Non-Executive Chairman

15 March 2022

The Board have been impressed 
with the progress made to 
create a clear framework for our 
sustainability initiatives, which have 
always been a key part of how the 
business operates.

The Group has set out three roots, 
which underpin what we do, and 
five branches, which guide our 
actions. The three roots encompass 
the environment, ingredients and 
fighting malaria, all of which are 
part of the brand’s DNA. Our five 
branches are climate, circular 
economy, conservation, communities 
and colleagues, which ensure that 
the business maintains a holistic 
approach to sustainability.

Of greatest significance this year has 
been the work that has been done 
under the climate branch which 
enabled Fever-Tree to announce 
that all products sold in the UK 
are now carbon neutral – the first 
mixer brand to be able to make this 
statement – and part of our wider 
commitment to become carbon 
neutral across all our regions 
by 2025.

The Group’s investment in becoming 
carbon neutral in the UK from 
2021 onwards is a decision that 
has been fully supported by the 
Board and reflects the commitment 
the business is making in this 
hugely important area. While it is a 
significant step, it is one part of the 
overall strategy, and we as a Board 
remain committed to continuing to 
challenge and support the team in 
their plans. We believe we are doing 
the right things in this area but 
want to keep learning and stepping 
up, and are encouraged about the 
initiatives that are underway.

08

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT

10  Our Business Model

12  Our Business Model in Action

20  Our Strategy

26  Chief Executive’s Review

36  Sustainability Review

54  Financial Review

58  Section 172 and Stakeholder Engagement

62  Principal Risks and Uncertainties

  68  Viability Statement

09

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

WHY WE EXIST

Fever-Tree is the world’s leading supplier of premium 
carbonated mixers for alcoholic spirits by retail sales value, 
with distribution to over 80 countries internationally.

DELIVERING SUSTAINABLE FUTURE  
GROWTH AND A POSITIVE SOCIAL IMPACT

I N NOVATION

Read more / pages 12 and 13

Read more / pages 14 and 15

INNOVATION
We innovate to extend our 
flavours and formats and 
ensure our products reflect 
the drinking habits and taste 
profiles for the region. 

MARKET TRENDS AND 
CUSTOMER INSIGHTS
Our teams study consumer 
trends to understand attitudes, 
motivations and drink 
preferences.

SOURCING OUR 
INGREDIENTS
We use only the highest quality 
ingredients in our products, 
responsibly sourced from 
around the world. 

MARKETING AND PROMOTION
We invest in multiple platforms 
to promote the brand, educate 
consumers and activate new 
products, increasingly alongside 
spirits partners.

P

A

R
T
N
E
R
S
H
I
P
S

OUTSOURCED MANUFACTURING, 
PACKAGING AND DISTRIBUTION
Our outsourced manufacturing, 
close to our end markets to 
reduce emissions, allows for 
scalability and operational 
flexibility. 

DRIVEN BY  
OUR PASSION AND  
COMMITMENT TO 
SUSTAINABILITY

DISTRIBUTION TO ON-TRADE AND 
OFF-TRADE CUSTOMERS
Our On- and Off-Trade teams 
have well established, long-
term relationships with our 
customers.

Read more / pages 16 and 17

Read more / pages 18 and 19

10

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Our Business Model

WHAT THIS MEANS 
FOR OUR STAKEHOLDERS

Committed to doing business 
in a way that is beneficial to all 
our stakeholders

OUR PEOPLE 
Providing wider employment and personal 
development opportunities aligned with a 
strong, entrepreneurial culture

OUR SUPPLIERS
As our business grows, so does the demand 
for our suppliers’ products and services 
alongside the opportunity for closer 
collaboration and partnerships

OUR CUSTOMERS
As a premium product, we provide 
attractive margins to our On- and Off-
Trade customers, as well as stimulating 
interest in the wider mixer category and 
long mixed drink trend

P

A

R

T

N

E

R

S

H

I

P

S

OUR CONSUMERS 

Consumers get the choice and quality 
they require to have the best drinking 
experiences

OUR INVESTORS
Strong returns based upon first mover 
advantage and growth opportunities  
across the globe

THE WIDER SOCIETY 
As we grow we drive economic value 
through our supply chain, creating wider 
employment opportunities, as well as 
investing in projects and partnerships 
in local communities both where we 
source from but also where our products 
are consumed

11

OUR BUSINESS MODEL IN ACTION

PREMIUM INGREDIENTS 
FOR GROWTH

OUR INNOVATION

INNOVATION IS – AND HAS ALWAYS BEEN –  
AT THE HEART OF OUR BUSINESS AND LIES  
WITHIN THE VERY FOUNDATIONS OF THE BRAND

We remain the pioneers, continuing to lead the way across our broad 
portfolio of mixers, each made with the same principles of flavour and 
quality at their heart, designed to elevate popular serves to new heights, 
creating original and exciting products for unrivalled drinking experiences 
and meeting the evolving needs of our consumers around the world.

12

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Our Business Model in Action

DAMSON & SLOE TONIC 
Herefordshire, UK 
52.0765° N, 2.6544° W

OUR WILD SLOES ARE 
FORAGED FROM THE 
FOOTHILLS OF THE BLACK 
MOUNTAINS WHICH SIT 
ON THE BORDER BETWEEN 
ENGLAND AND WALES IN 
HEREFORDSHIRE. 

These berries are found 
on the spiny blackthorn 
shrub commonly found in 
hedgerows. Although tart 
when first ripened, the winter 
frost mellows their taste to 
give them a rich almondy 
fruitiness, making them 
the perfect partner to our 
handpicked damsons. Our 
wild sloes are foraged by a 
small skilled picking team 
led by the ‘Queen of the 
Hedgerows’. They are hand 
harvested after the first frost 
when perfectly ripe.

TASTE
FULL-BODIED WITH WINTER BERRIES, JAMMY 
PLUM AND WARMING SPICE. PERFECTLY 
BALANCED TO BE MIXED WITH LONDON DRY 
GIN AND SELECTED FLAVOURED GINS FOR A 
LIMITED-EDITION TWIST ON YOUR G&T.

13

We’ve bottled the best of Autumn 
for the ultimate seasonal sip, pairing 
handpicked damsons with foraged wild 
sloes, to create a crisp, fruity tonic water 
synonymous with this time of year.

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

BROTHERS DRINKS 
Shepton Mallet, Somerset 
51.1909° N, 2.5479° W

BLOOD  
ORANGE
SICILY, ITALY
37.6000° N, 14.0154° E

LEMON THYME
PROVENCE, FRANCE
44.0145° N, 6.2116° E

14

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Our Business Model in Action

OUR BUSINESS MODEL IN ACTION

PREMIUM INGREDIENTS  
FOR GROWTH

OUR PARTNERSHIPS

OUR APPROACH HAS BEEN BUILT ON LONG-TERM 
RELATIONSHIPS AND SHARED EXPERTISE 

Whether it be with our ingredient suppliers, enabling us to source 
the highest quality ingredients, the strength of our relationships 
with our manufacturing and distribution partners, enabling us 
to cater for the growing demand across the globe, or our well-
established partnerships with our customers as we work together to 
drive interest and excitement in the wider mixer drink category, our 
partners remain central to the success of the company.

15

OUR BUSINESS MODEL IN ACTION

PREMIUM INGREDIENTS  
FOR GROWTH

OUR PASSION

BUILT ON THE CULTURE THAT HAS BEEN EMBEDDED IN 
THE BUSINESS SINCE DAY ONE, OUR EMPLOYEES HAVE AN 
ENTREPRENEURIAL ZEAL AND PASSION, ENABLING THEM TO MAKE 
A REAL DIFFERENCE NOT ONLY WITHIN THE BUSINESS BUT ALSO 
IN THE WIDER SOCIETY WHERE THEY LIVE AND WORK

16

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Our Business Model in Action

300

EMPLOYEES
ACROSS 12 REGIONS

17

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

FEVER-TREE 
GIN & TONIC FESTIVAL 
Sydney – Australia 
33.8688° S, 151.2093° E

SUMMER OF SPRITZ 
Covent Garden – London 
51.5117° N, 0.1240° W

18

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Our Business Model in Action

OUR BUSINESS MODEL IN ACTION

PREMIUM INGREDIENTS  
FOR GROWTH

OUR BRAND

OUR STORY IS ABOUT GOING TO EXCEPTIONAL 
LENGTHS IN PURSUIT OF THE BEST

Fever-Tree’s brand strength and consumer loyalty is a 
critical element in this pursuit of excellence. We don’t make 
compromises, and every decision is taken with view to act as 
sustainably as we can, it’s at the heart of the brand DNA.

19

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

OUR STRATEGY

A FORWARD-LOOKING STRATEGY

Our long-term strategy remains unchanged as it continues 
to be supported by the strong global trend to long mixed 
drinks, our growing global footprint, as well as our excellent 
track record against the competition, all underpinned by our 
sustainability agenda. 

1

CAPITALISING ON 
MARKET TRENDS

2

BROADENING AND DEEPENING 
DISTRIBUTION IN EXISTING 
MARKETS AND IDENTIFYING 
NEW OPPORTUNITIES

3

EXTENSION OF  
CO-PROMOTION STRATEGY 
WITH SPIRITS PARTNERS

4

INNOVATION IS  
AT THE HEART OF  
OUR BUSINESS

20

STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Our Strategy

1
CAPITALISING ON 
MARKET TRENDS

Progress in 2021 

The Group continued to see further 
value share gains across all our key 
markets both in the Off-Trade and 
as the On-Trade re-opened through 
the course of the year, reflecting the 
continued momentum behind the 
long mixed drinks occasion with 
customers and consumers alike.

The mixer categories across all 
our key markets have also been 
growing and premiumising. In the 
UK, Europe and the US the mixer 
categories have all grown by over 
10% Compound annual growth 
rate over the last three years, with 
the premium segments once again 
outpacing mainstream. 

We continued to stimulate this 
interest through investment in 
the brand across all our regions, 
including TV advertising campaigns 
in the UK and Spain, as well as 
upweighted digital and event spend 
compared to 2020, including the 
successful G&T festival in Sydney, 
Australia that attracted over 
3,000 visitors.

STRATEGY IN ACTION 

Fever-Tree Easy Mixing

Building on the success of our first 
book, Fever-Tree, the Art of Mixing,  
we published our second book in 
September 2021.

Having seen first-hand the growing 
interest and excitement in mixing drinks 
at home, not just in the UK but around 
the world, we set out to create the perfect 
companion for this growing band of  
at-home mixologists.

The book has seen very strong sales, 
driving further interest in the long  
mixed drink category.

For the latest investor relations, visit: 
fever-tree.com/en_GB/investors

Future Opportunities 

The value of the global spirits 
market has been growing over 
the last five years, with the most 
premium segments in our top 15 
markets growing from just under 
a third of the spirit category in 
2015 to 40% in 2020, significantly 
outperforming the standard and 
value segments, a trend which 
is expected to continue for the 
foreseeable future, underpinning 
the growing interest in long mixed 
drinks amongst consumers.

Fever-Tree, with its global footprint, 
brand strength and range, sits at the 
heart of movement to long mixed 
drinks, providing the Group with 
significant opportunities to benefit 
in the coming years.

21

OUR STRATEGY continued

2
STRENGTHENING DISTRIBUTION IN EXISTING 
MARKETS AND IDENTIFYING NEW OPPORTUNITIES

Progress in 2021 

We extended our number one 
position at UK retail, ending the year 
with 39.8% value share. In addition, 
our sales value has increased by 
13.1% over the last two years, well 
ahead of all other premium mixers 
who together have declined by 
around 12% over the same period.

We continued to strengthen our 
position in the UK On-Trade, 
illustrating the benefit of our 
dedicated On-Trade sales team  
and the relationships they have  
with our On-Trade customers.

STRATEGY IN ACTION 

The Ultimate Tonic Selection

The first-ever variety mixer pack to be 
launched, and featuring Fever-Tree’s 
best-selling Refreshingly Light Premium 
Indian, Mediterranean, Elderflower and 
Clementine Tonic Waters in 150ml cans, 
the new format enables consumers to 
perfectly pair their favourite Fever-Tree 
tonic with their gin of choice, from the 
most herbaceous or juniper rich.

For the latest investor relations, visit: 
fever-tree.com/en_GB/investors

In the US, the brand is seeing 
significantly higher rate of sale 
on shelf than other mixer brands, 
incentivising our customers to  
give us more shelf space, and we 
continue to add new distribution, 
both in terms of number of accounts, 
as well as our ‘depth’ within each 
account, including space on shelf  
and expanding into new flavours 
and formats.

2021 saw excellent progress across 
Europe and the rest of the world 
(RoW), with increased rate of sale 
and distribution driving value 
share growth, and category growth, 
consistently across all of  
our key markets.

VALUE SHARE AT UK RETAIL

39.8%

Future Opportunities 

Our progress in both our more 
mature markets, as well as our 
emerging markets, provides real 
confidence in the ability to drive 
further distribution gains across  
our regions. 

As illustrated by our entry into 
South Korea during 2021, we 
continue to explore the possibility 
of new markets as we look to build 
on the long-term opportunity still 
ahead of us. 

Read our Chief Executive’s review / pages 26 to 35

22

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Our Strategy

3
EXTENSION OF CO-PROMOTION 
STRATEGY WITH DRINKS PARTNERS

Progress in 2021 

We continued to strengthen our 
relationships with our spirits 
partners in 2021 as long mixed 
drinks serves played an increasingly 
important part of their overall 
marketing strategy.

In the UK, our premium soda 
roll out across the On-Trade 
was supported by a UK wide co-
promotion campaign alongside 
Smirnoff, enabling us to target  
the significant vodka category.

In the US, our 4 drinks strategy 
enables the brand to co-promote 
across different spirits categories, 
and the strength of our relationship 
with spirits partners has meant 
we have featured in TV campaigns 
alongside Jim Beam with our Ginger 
Ale, Bombay Sapphire with our Tonic  
and Grey Goose with our Sodas.

In Europe, our focus within our 
core markets has been to drive 
growth beyond the Gin & Tonic 
with co-promotion activity focused 
on the vodka soda with Smirnoff 
and our Premium Mexican Lime & 
Yuzu Soda. This not only expands 
our mixer range into new drinking 
occasions, but also meets consumer 
demands for lighter drinking 
options and elevates the popular 
vodka soda serve.

STRATEGY IN ACTION 

Spritz Up

With ever increasing consumer interest 
and excitement with long mixed drinks, 
we teamed up with Smirnoff, Diageo’s 
premium vodka brand, to launch a 
21-week-long integrated campaign 
to bring the ultimate vodka spritz to 
millions of consumers across the UK  
over the summer of 2021.

The “Spritz Up” campaign heroed the 
vodka spritz as a delicious refreshing 
drink while highlighting the simplicity  
of its serve in just three steps.

For the latest investor relations, visit: 
fever-tree.com/en_GB/investors

Future Opportunities

The wider trends underpinning 
the move to long mixed drinks are 
becoming increasingly influential 
in the strategic direction of spirits 
companies across the globe and, 
given our global footprint, market-
leading position, range and brand 
strength, we are well-positioned to 
further strengthen our relationship 
with our partners and execute joint 
campaigns across both the On- and 
Off-Trade.

Find out more / fever-tree.com/news-and-events

23

OUR STRATEGY continued

4
INNOVATION

Progress in 2021 

2021 saw the Group continue to 
deliver successful new product 
launches across categories 
and regions.

Our Premium Soda range was 
rolled out across the UK On-Trade, 
following its successful launch in the 
Off-Trade in 2020. The aim of this 
launch has been to further expand 
premium mixing in the UK beyond 
the Gin & Tonic, using versatile 
liquids to elevate and simplify the 
Spritz serve. They are also all low-
calorie options which enables the 
consumer to create lighter, long 
mixed drinks.

Our second significant launch has 
been our Rhubarb & Raspberry 
Tonic, which aims to capitalise on 
the growing trend towards both 
flavoured gins and pink drinks, 
which have become prominent 
over the last few years, as well 
as providing a sweeter twist on a 
typical Gin & Tonic serve.

Like the Soda range, our Rhubarb 
& Raspberry Tonic is attracting 
new, younger consumers to the 
brand and exciting the category, 
becoming one of our fastest selling 
flavours at a number of large retailers 
across Europe.

STRATEGY IN ACTION 

Distillers Cola

Summer 2021 saw the US launch of 
our Distillers Cola. In the same way we 
revolutionised tonic water for gin, ginger 
for mules and sodas for tequilas, we have 
created Fever-Tree Distillers Cola to do 
justice to the premium whiskeys and 
rums it has been designed to pair with.

Building on the success of our 
Sparkling Pink Grapefruit that 
launched in 2020, in the US we 
launched our Lime & Yuzu Soda 
and Distillers Cola to expand our 
drinking occasions and elevate 
popular serves.

We launched our Rhubarb & 
Raspberry Tonic in a number of 
markets across Europe, and have 
been very encouraged by its initial 
performance, building significant 
distribution at retail, and we look 
forward to driving the growth of 
this mixer going forward, alongside 
other mixers which expand our 
occasions and maintain excitement 
in the category.

Future Opportunities

The performance of our new 
products over the last 12 months 
provides us with ever more 
confidence in the brand as we 
continue to expand across our 
regions capitalising on the local 
market trends and transforming 
the mixer category.

Read about our products and formats / pages 12 and 13

24

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Our Strategy

RHUBARB & RASPBERRY 
TONIC 
Strathmore Valley - Scotland 
51.0378° N, 113.4004° W

OUR RASPBERRIES ARE 
SOURCED FROM THE FAMOUS 
STRATHMORE VALLEY IN 
SCOTLAND, WHICH PROVIDES 
THE PERFECT GROWING 
CONDITIONS FOR SOFT FRUITS.

Scottish raspberries were selected 
for this tonic due to their sharper 
flavour profile compared to sweeter 
varieties often sourced from 
sunnier climates. The raspberries 
are processed using traditional 
steam distillation, the process takes 
place within a 10km radius from 
where they were hand harvested, to 
ensure freshness of flavour in the 
natural raspberry flavourings used 
in our tonic.

RHUBARB
WE SOURCE THE TIMPERLEY EARLY VARIETY OF RHUBARB, 
KNOWN FOR ITS DELICIOUSLY SWEET BUT RIPE FLAVOUR 
PROFILE, FROM A FAMILY FARM IN NORFOLK, ENGLAND. 
THE STRONG NORTH SEA BREEZE AND ABUNDANCE OF 
RAIN PROVIDE THE PERFECT GROWING CONDITIONS. THE 
RHUBARB IS HAND HARVESTED BETWEEN APRIL AND MAY 
AND PROCESSED WITHIN HOURS TO ENSURE MAXIMUM 
FRESHNESS OF FLAVOUR AND AROMA IN THE NATURAL 
RHUBARB FLAVOURINGS IN OUR TONIC WATER.

25

By blending natural flavourings of 
sweet British rhubarb with juicy 
Scottish raspberries, we have created 
a sweet, fruity and versatile tonic 
water that is proving incredibly 
popular with drinkers across the  
UK and Europe.

For the latest investor relations / 
fever-tree.com/en_GB/investors

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

A STRONGER POSITION
“I am delighted with the Group’s performance throughout 
another unprecedented year, simultaneously making strategic 
progress towards our long-term opportunity, as well as 
delivering a strong set of results for the financial year.”

TIM WARRILLOW
Chief Executive Officer

The strength of our team, the brand, and our key 
relationships with customers and suppliers has  
ensured that we further extended our clear position  
as the global leading premium mixer brand.

We were delighted to be voted 
“Number One Top Selling Mixer” 
and “Number One Top Trending 
Mixer” for the eighth year running 
by Drinks International as we 
continue to lead the category.

At the same time, it’s been exciting 
to see the acceleration of the trends 
that have been supporting the 
brand’s growth for many years; 
namely, the outperformance of 
spirits relative to wine and beer, the 
increased popularity of long mixed 
drinks, and the premiumisation of 
both the spirit and mixer categories 
around the world.

The Group delivered revenue of 
£311.1m, representing a strong 
increase of 23.4% year-on-year and 
almost a 20% increase compared 
to 2019, the last pre-pandemic 
financial year. This was an extremely 
good performance in the context 
of continued widespread On-Trade 
closures across our markets in 
the first half of 2021. When the 
On-Trade re-opened it recovered 
strongly, and Fever-Tree maintained 
or grew its market-leading premium 
mixer position across the UK, 
US, and Europe, alongside a 
continuation of robust Off-Trade 
trading, which has remained well 
above pre-pandemic levels.

TIM WARRILLOW
Chief Executive Officer

26

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 
STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Chief Executive’s Review

“ The Group has continued to innovate and pioneer 
the category, capturing the latest consumer trends,  
and building on our premium mixer credentials.”

PROUD TO BE CARBON NEUTRAL 

“ Working with the Carbon Trust and our partners throughout 
the supply chain of our mixers, we have carried out a cradle-
to-grave product carbon footprint across our entire range of 
mixers sold in the UK.”

Since the cap was put on our very first 
bottle of premium tonic water, we have 
worked to minimise the impact that our 
drinks have on the environment. Whether 
it be our decision not to use PET 
bottles, given the environmental harm 
they can cause, using packaging that is 
recyclable to reduce waste that ends up in 
landfill, or working with small specialist 
producers to source many of our 
ingredients, we challenge ourselves and 
our partners to make the right choices.

While our actions to date have laid a  
solid foundation for us to play our part, 
we know we are in a position to do more. 
Nowhere is this truer than in how we 
are now responding as a Company to the 
climate crisis.

That is why all our mixers sold in the UK are now carbon neutral, part of our wider  
commitment to become carbon neutral across all our territories by 2025.

For the latest investor relations / fever-tree.com/en_GB/investors

In many ways, remote working has enabled our teams across the globe to 
work more closely and connect more frequently, sharing greater insights, 
learnings and data across the workforce. We also continued to support our 
workforce and local communities across our regions, especially in the first 
half of the year, when lockdowns were at their most stringent.

Regional Review

Revenue by region

Revenue, £m

United Kingdom

US

Europe (Fever-Tree brand revenue)

Europe Total revenue*

Rest of the World

Total

FY21

118.3

77.9

78.6

88.2

26.7

311.1

FY20

103.3

58.5

59.0

65.3

25.0

252.1

Change 

15%

33%

33%

35%

6%

23%

*  Includes both Fever-Tree brand revenue and GDP (Global Drinks Partnership GmbH) portfolio brand revenue.

27

The well-publicised logistics 
challenges which affected the whole 
industry during 2021 impacted 
our margins for the full year, with 
gross margin reducing to 42.1%. 
Rest assured managing our cost 
base is core to our operating model 
especially considering the current 
inflationary pressures and supply 
chain disruption impacts on our 
margins but also to ensure that we 
are operating efficiently. We do 
though believe that it is important 
to balance our efforts by investing 
for growth in capabilities, our brand 
portfolio, new product development 
and our supply chain, especially in 
critical markets like the US. As a 
result, we have continued to invest 
behind the brand and our team, 
with operating expenses at 21.9% 
of revenue, resulting in an EBITDA 
of £63.0m, a 10.3% increase year-
on-year, but a slight reduction in 
margins, to 20.2%, as guided. Profit 
before tax was £55.6m, a 7.7% 
increase compared to 2020, and we 
ended the year with a strong balance  
sheet and net cash of £166.2m,  
an increase of 16% year-on-year.

COVID-19

A gradual return to normality in 
many of our regions throughout 
the second half of the year was 
interrupted in the final few weeks of 
December by the spread of the Delta 
and Omicron variants, reminding us 
that the pandemic is not yet behind 
us. However, I remain confident in 
the brand’s strong position, with 
our asset-light, outsourced business 
model continuing to provide the 
business with the flexibility to 
react quickly to changing channel 
dynamics and consumer demand, as 
well as the resilience to withstand 
the ongoing challenges.

 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW continued

While we are mindful of the 
continued uncertainty surrounding 
the On-Trade, our brand strength, 
excellent relationships with the 
trade and unrivalled range of 
products means we are well placed 
to continue to build on this market- 
leading position as the channel 
continues to recover.

The Off-Trade has continued to 
perform above expectations as the 
popularity of enjoying long mixed 
drinks at home has been sustained 
even as the On-Trade has re-opened. 
The Off-Trade was characterised 
by particularly strong demand in 
the first quarter, when the On-
Trade was completely closed and 
encouragingly, as the On-Trade 
recovered in the second half, we 
maintained double-digit growth 
in the Off-Trade compared to pre-
pandemic levels. Across the year, 
Fever-Tree’s Off-Trade sales increased 
by 20% compared to 2019, but were 
broadly in line with 2020 when we 
experienced more prolonged periods 
of lockdown. Crucially, our UK 
household penetration has increased 
to 15.4%4 since 2019, which means 
the brand is in more people’s fridges 
than ever before.

The spirits category also performed 
well at retail during the year, 
continuing to grow ahead of wine 
and beer compared to pre-COVID 
levels, with premium and flavoured 
spirits stand-out performers. This 
not only supported the growing 
popularity of our new Soda range, 
but also underpinned significant 
progress for our Gingers range 
which performed well from an 
increasing distribution base, with a 
87% sales compared to pre-COVID.

The Group has continued to innovate 
and pioneer the category, capturing 
the latest consumer trends, and 
building on our premium mixer 
credentials. We launched a new 
Limited-Edition Damson & Sloe 
Berry Tonic for Autumn/Winter, 
combining seasonal flavours with 
a rich purple colour to great effect. 

UK

The Fever-Tree brand further 
strengthened its position in the UK, 
growing revenues by 15% year-on-
year despite the continuation of 
tough On-Trade restrictions. We 
have maintained our market-leading 
position in the Off-Trade, finishing 
the year with 39.8%1 value share 
of the mixer market at retail, far 
ahead of all other premium brands 
combined with a value share of 
2.1%. Our strong execution, brand 
strength and customer loyalty also 
enabled us to extend our leading 
share in the On-Trade to 50.9%2 as 
it re-opened during the second half 
of the year.

In another uncertain year, the On-
Trade remained closed or under 
significant restrictions until July. 
During the period of closures our 
team continued to engage with 
and offer support to the On-Trade, 
putting us in a strong position 
as the On-Trade re-opened. This 
reopening was characterised by an 
initial release of pent-up demand 
during the summer months, 
before a more gradual recovery 
throughout the second half of the 
year, building as consumers became 
more confident and normal working 
patterns started to resume.   

By the end of November, sales were 
around 90% of 2019 levels3, before 
the spread of the Omicron variant 
impacted consumer behaviours 
and led to slower sales during the 
Christmas period. Consequently, 
On-Trade revenue increased by 59% 
compared to 2020, but remained at 
62% of 2019 levels across the year as 
a whole.

The brand was able to re-invigorate 
its presence and marketing in the 
On-Trade during the summer, with 
activations focused across the South 
Coast of the UK and particular 
focus around promoting the Spritz 
occasion using our new Premium 
Soda range. Alongside this, we 
established a fantastic summer 
bar in the heart of Covent Garden 
from June to October, along with 
more specific activations at major 
sporting events such as Royal Ascot 
and The Oval.

The Spritz occasion is especially 
popular with younger consumers, 
who have initially returned more 
quickly and in higher numbers to 
the On-Trade than older age groups. 
Fever-Tree’s range of Premium 
Sodas performed well, with the offer 
of simple two ingredient cocktails, 
easy execution and trade-up 
opportunities resonating with our 
pub and bar accounts.

28

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Chief Executive’s Review

“ Remote working has enabled our teams across  
the globe to work more closely and connect more 
frequently, sharing greater insights, learnings  
and data across the workforce.” 

US

Fever-Tree had another strong 
performance in the US, with revenue 
growth ahead of expectations at 
33% to £77.9m (41% on a constant 
currency basis). We have seen 
continued growth in both premium 
spirits and premium mixers in the 
US, and our market-leading position 
and strong momentum give us great 
confidence in the opportunity for 
Fever-Tree within the market.

Our On-Trade sales in the US were 
initially affected by closures and 
restrictions which varied by state 
in length and extent, resulting 
in challenging conditions in this 
channel during the first half of the 
year. We saw strong initial sales as 
states re-opened, and it was clear 
that consumers were excited to get 
back out to bars and restaurants.

We have also continued to secure 
new distribution in the On-Trade, 
with notable new agreements with 
Hilton Luxury Hotels, as well as 
multiple other restaurant, bar and 
casino accounts across the country. 
Our focus on high-quality On-Trade 
accounts, successful introduction 
of new products, and relationships 
with our On-Trade customers, as 
well as our strong partnership with 
Southern Glazer’s Wines and Spirits 
(“SGWS”), ensured that our monthly 
On-Trade sales started to surpass 
pre-COVID levels as early as April 
and remained strong for the rest of 
the year.

Alongside the positive re-opening 
of the On-Trade, Fever-Tree has 
maintained its outperformance  
in the Off-Trade, with value  
growth of 24% compared to 2020, 
and 97% compared to 20195.  

The product was not only designed 
to capitalise on consumer trends 
towards flavoured tonics and eye-
catching liquids, but as a limited 
edition, it also served to excite the 
category and bring incremental value 
through additional sales.

Overall, I’m pleased with the 
progress the brand has made in the 
UK during the year. We have been 
encouraged by our performance as 
the On-Trade re-opens, as well as 
the sustained strength of our Off-
Trade sales. We have maintained 
or increased our value share and 
number one position in the Off-
Trade and On-Trade respectively, 
and continue to invest to drive our 
brand awareness and excite the 
category with new products.

Notwithstanding the ongoing 
uncertainty around On-Trade 
trading, every action we took last 
year, from not furloughing any of 
our team, to focusing spend on the 
Off-Trade while the On-Trade was 
closed which included a repetition 
of our successful national television 
advertising campaign, to launching 
new flavours and formats, has 
continued to pay dividends as 
we start to enter a new normal. 
Importantly, our confidence in 
the long-term opportunity only 
increases as we see both spirit and 
mixer categories continuing to grow 
and premiumise, and consequently 
more consumers enjoying premium 
long mixed drinks both at home 
and in pubs, bars and restaurants. 
Fever-Tree is uniquely placed to 
drive growth under these supportive 
market trends, with our enviable 
category leadership position, our 
broad and innovative portfolio, and 
the strength of our relationships 
with suppliers and customers.

1  IRI 13 weeks to 26 December 2021 

4  Kantar 52 week penetration to 26 December 2021

2  CGA 13 weeks to 1 January 2022 

5  Nielsen 52 weeks to 1 January 2022

3  Nielsen

29

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW continued

We continued to put a great 
emphasis on collaborating with 
spirits partners, using the power 
of co-promotions to drive different 
serves, and have been featured in a 
number of multi-channel campaigns 
during the year. This included a 
co-promotion with Grey Goose, 
which promoted the Spritz serve 
over the summer months using our 
new Sodas, and a Whiskey Ginger 
co-promotion with Jim Beam which 
aimed to encourage a generation 
of new consumers to “Take a break 
from beer” and enjoy a lower ABV, 
lower sugar serve.

We believe some of the uplift in 
at-home consumption during 
lockdowns will remain as consumers 
have enjoyed experimenting with 
long mixed drinks at home. This 
is helping to drive the acceleration 
of premiumisation trends we have 
been seeing for a number of years, 
as consumers have purchased 
more premium drinks at home 
over the last 18 months and are 
now less willing to compromise 
when they go back to the On-
Trade. Encouragingly, consumers 
have been increasingly choosing 
spirits over wine and beer, with 
vodka and tequila gaining share 
ahead of other categories. This is 
particularly pleasing to see as our 
two new Sparkling launches, Pink 
Grapefruit and Lime & Yuzu, have 
been specifically created to mix with 
these two spirits.

In summary, Fever-Tree’s strong 
performance, innovation directed 
at specific US consumer habits, 
focus on influential co-promotional 
campaigns, and growing rate-of-sale, 
along with the increasing interest 
in premium long mixed drinks, are 
enabling us to increase our presence 
across grocery, liquor and On-Trade 
channels. We are extending our 
market-leading position, with further 
marketing activations, growing 
presence and greater consumer 
awareness, ensuring that we will 
continue this strong momentum into 
2022 and beyond.

Within the portfolio we have seen 
strong growth across our full range 
of mixers, targeting multiple drinks 
occasions, from the mule (Ginger 
Beer) to tonics (Tonic Water) and 
spritzes (Soda & Sparkling). 

Fever-Tree remains the largest 
premium mixer brand in the US 
and continues to be the number one 
value contributor to the total Ginger 
Beer and Tonic Water markets 
at retail. We made a number of 
significant achievements this year, 
growing to become the number one 
Ginger Beer and the number one 
Tonic brand by value in the US, 
surpassing Goslings and Schweppes 
respectively. These milestones are 
a fantastic demonstration of the 
growing strength of the brand and 
our important role in driving long 
mixed drinking trends in the US.

Our success during the year has been 
based on our growing rate-of-sale, 
far ahead of other mixer brands, 
which has incentivised our retail 
customers to give us more shelf 
space, increasing our distribution 
and depth within each account. 

Our new Sparkling products, Pink 
Grapefruit and Lime & Yuzu have 
helped to drive this growth, as well as 
the introduction of our can format in 
more flavours than ever before.

We continue to place a lot of 
emphasis on marketing and 
investment to grow Fever-Tree’s 
brand awareness with both 
consumers and the trade, focusing 
on the Off-Trade and digital 
execution in the first half of 2021, 
whilst also re-allocating spend back 
into the On-Trade as the channel 
re-opened. We have focused on 
creating “Fever-Tree perfect serve 
menus”, as well as providing custom 
signage, menu boards and other 
products, such as outdoor parasols 
and furniture to the On-Trade, 
and we were excited to open a new 
pop-up bar in Texas, following the 
success of our original pop-up bar 
which remains in Bryant Park, New 
York. Both locations give the brand 
excellent visibility and enable us to 
provide consumers with a fantastic 
experience as they enjoy perfectly 
crafted cocktails using a range of 
Fever-Tree mixers.

30

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Chief Executive’s Review

Europe

Total European revenue increased 
by 35% to £88.2m (40% on a 
constant currency basis), including 
£9.6m of GDP portfolio brand 
revenue. This strong performance 
was ahead of expectation and driven 
by Fever-Tree’s increasing value 
across the region, a strong Off-Trade 
performance, a positive rebuild in 
the On-Trade, and some importer 
restocking during the first half of 
the year.

The On-Trade was materially 
impacted by closures during the first 
half of the year, with vaccine rollouts 
and consequent recovery taking 
slightly longer than the UK and US. 
However, the impetus to capture the 
final weeks of the summer tourist 
season, especially across Southern 
Europe, led to a very positive end to 
the summer with record months in a 
number of markets.

Fever-Tree continues to drive growth 
of the premium mixer category at 
retail in Europe, gaining share across 
every one of our European markets 
and contributing to about a third of 
the total category’s growth during 
the year, well ahead of any other 
premium brand, and second only to 
Schweppes. We now hold 15.3% of 
the retail branded mixer value share, 
a 3.6% increase compared to 20196.

Most pleasingly, our focus on 
category management has helped 
to build a distinct mixer category 
for the first time in European retail, 
enabling retailers to place more 
emphasis on how visible it is, how 
it’s marketed to consumers and the 
resources that are allocated to the 
space. We are therefore encouraged 
about the whole category’s growth, 
as well as Fever-Tree’s role in 
driving this at the premium end, 
which should ensure the Off-Trade 
continues its strong performance 
even as the On-Trade gets back to 
pre-COVID levels.

This year we launched our Rhubarb 
& Raspberry Tonic across key 
European markets, with very 
promising initial sales growth. The 
flavour has already become one of 
our most popular Tonic flavours 
across the region, leveraging 
the trend towards bright, pink 
and sweeter mixers. We are also 
particularly excited about our 
Mediterranean Tonic and our Ginger 
Beer mixers, the former of which is 
now our most popular Tonic across 
a number of European markets, 
and the latter is growing strongly to 
extend our range beyond Tonics to 
other popular serves.

Co-promotions remain a focus 
of our marketing strategy, and 
this year we have moved from a 
more local to a regional approach, 
driving consistent initiatives across 
multiple markets, whilst continuing 
to adapt to local preferences. A 
great example of this is various co-
promotions in over ten countries 
we have executed with the Aperitivo 
brand Lillet, where we have focused 
on consumer trends towards earlier 
and lighter drinking occasions, as 
well as giving us the opportunity   
to provide for occasions beyond  
the G&T.

In addition, we have invested in 
broader marketing activities, such 
as our first television campaign in 
Spain, delivering our “3/4” message 
and focusing on the quality of our 
ingredients, which significantly 
increased our prompted awareness 
in Catalunya, the main region 
the campaign was focused on. We 
have also introduced new flavours 
and formats, such as our Rhubarb 
& Raspberry Tonic, and a new 
750ml glass bottle in Germany, 
aligning to German consumers’ 
purchasing preferences.

Our progress in the Off-Trade, along 
with the promising recovery of the 
On-Trade, gives us confidence in 
the opportunity across Europe. The 
Off-Trade has been less impacted 
by the re-opening of the On-Trade 
than anticipated, with a strong 
net positive sales impact as both 
channels gain in strength. The 
mixer category is growing at pace 
and Fever-Tree has continued to 
extend its market-leading position, 
remaining the only premium mixer 
brand with significant scale across 
the region. There are a number of 
markets that offer real potential, 
and we continue to invest, build 
meaningful relationships in the trade 
and with spirit partners, and drive 
the growth of the premium segment.

Rest of the World

We have made good progress in 
our Rest of the World region with 
revenue growth of 6% to £26.7m, 
against tough comparators from the 
second half of last year.

In Australia, spirits are taking share 
of throat from beer and wine, and the 
category continues to premiumise 
which, in turn, is driving demand for 
premium mixers. Fever-Tree remains 
the clear leader in premium mixers, 
contributing more to the total mixer 
category growth at grocery than 
any other brand, with especially 
strong sales in Tonics. A fantastic 
demonstration of how the brand has 
been driving the premiumisation 
of the mixer category is that since 
our launch of larger format (500ml) 
Tonics in Woolworths (in December 
2020), the average selling price of 
large format Tonics has grown by 
almost 30%. Fever-Tree has also 
gained national distribution with 
Premium Sodas and Gingers, as 
we seek to be the premium mixer 
of choice across Australia’s most 
popular and trending drinks serves, 
and this has helped to drive our 
strong value growth of 52% in 
grocery during 20217.

6   Nielsen & IRI 2021 top 10 EU markets (excluding PL)

7  National Grocery scan data (mixers include: Tonic, Soda, Ginger Ale)

31

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW continued

“ Fever-Tree continues to drive growth of the premium 
mixer category at retail in Europe, gaining share and 
contributing to about a third of the total category’s 
growth during the year, well ahead of any other 
premium brand.”

In Canada, the mixer market 
continues to premiumise, with 
the premium segment outpacing 
the mainstream segment to reach 
10% of the total mixer category. 
Fever-Tree continues to drive this 
growth and remained not only 
the largest premium mixer brand 
by value at Canadian retail, but 
also largest Tonic brand by value, 
ahead of Schweppes, with 32% 
shares8. In addition, Ginger Beer 
performed incredibly well, growing 
by almost 40%9 through new 
distribution with key retailers and 
expansion into our can format.  
Diversifying our range of mixers 
is a core part of our strategy for 
long-term success and this year 
we introduced our Sparkling Pink 
Grapefruit which has been our most 
successful new flavour launch in the 
Canadian market, capitalising on 
the popularity of the Paloma and 
Spritz Occasions. We look forward 
with confidence in this market as 
we continue to gain share, innovate, 
expand our distribution, and 
increase our rate-of-sale.

Asia remains a region with long-
term potential for Fever-Tree. We 
have entered three new markets this 
year and continue to re-evaluate 
our distribution partners across the 
region to ensure we are with the 
right partner for the next stage of our 
development. We have also extended 
our pan-Asia deal with Accor, the 
largest hotel group in the region, for 
three years, remaining their preferred 
premium mixer partner across Asia, 
as well as continuing to develop our 
relationships with the international 
and local spirits companies, including 
Bacardi, Campari and Diageo.

Operational Review

Our team have continued to work 
very closely with our partners 
throughout our supply chain to 
help mitigate against the impacts 
of the global pandemic, including 
the increased level of supply chain 
disruption that impacted the entire 
industry this year. 

Disruption was widespread, 
impacting global shipping 
availability, lead times and 
pricing, as well as HGV driver 
availability and costs in key markets. 
Consequently, we maintained higher 
stock levels of key ingredients and 
our team focused on preserving 
continuity of supply, most notably 
by increasing shipments to the US 
and building local inventory in 
the first half of the year, but also 
working with our main UK logistics 
partner to manage driver availability 
during peak periods. Whilst these 
actions have resulted in increased 
cost and impacted our margins, they 
have ensured that we have continued 
to supply our customers globally 
throughout this ongoing period of 
disruption, underpinning the strong 
revenue growth we are reporting.

The Group worked with our 
production partner in the US to 
successfully commission and ramp 
up production on our new line 
on the West Coast of the US. In 
addition, we began commissioning 
a new line on the East Coast at 
the end of the period and will be 
ramping up production there over 
the first half of 2022.  

These are exciting strategic 
developments for the Group, adding 
further capacity and flexibility to 
our network and setting us up to 
realise our substantial ambition in 
the US market with local bottling 
capability.

With both US bottling lines in 
place, we operate across seven 
bottling sites and three canning 
sites globally. This increasingly 
local production network will 
underpin our growth ambitions 
in both Europe and the US, will 
mitigate some of our exposure 
to elevated logistics costs, and 
will help to reduce the carbon 
emissions associated with our 
supply chain operations.

The Long-term Opportunity

Fever-Tree’s long-term strategy 
remains unchanged and continues 
to be underpinned by strong global 
trends to premium long mixed 
drinking, with the brand’s excellent 
track record against the competition 
making us best placed to execute 
against this. Both the popularity 
of long mixed drinks and the 
premiumisation of the spirit and 
mixer categories have accelerated 
over the last two years, increasing 
our confidence in the future growth 
potential for Fever-Tree.

The value of the global spirits market 
has been growing over the last five 
years and premium spirits, which 
deliver authenticity, engagement and 
quality for consumers, have been 
driving this growth. The value of 
the most premium segments within 
Fever-Tree’s top 15 markets have 
grown by more than 50% over the 
last five years and now comprise 
approximately 40% of the category, 
compared to just under a third in 
2015, significantly outperforming the 
standard and value segments10.

32

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Chief Executive’s Review

The advent of the well-crafted 
premium mixer, pioneered and led 
by Fever-Tree, allows these premium 
spirits to be consumed simply, in 
a long refreshing manner that is 
suited to today’s consumer, and 
across a wider range of occasions 
both at home and in the On-Trade.

Consequently, the mixer categories 
across all our key markets are 
growing and premiumising. In 
the UK, Europe and the US, the 
mixer categories have all grown 
by over 10% CAGR (Compound 
annual growth rate) over the 
last two to three years, with the 
premium segments once again 
outpacing mainstream. 

Our excitement stems from the fact 
that Fever-Tree not only sits at the 
heart of this fast-growing global 
movement to premium long mixed 
drinks but is the primary driver 
of the growth of mixer categories 
across the world that is resulting 
in the premium long mixed drink 
becoming increasingly important to 
the serve strategies of major spirits 
brands, especially in the US. 

During the pandemic the trend to 
long mixed drinks accelerated in the 
Off-Trade, as consumers enjoyed 
long mixed drinks at home as a form 
of entertainment and a treat at the 
end of the working day, with much 
of this elevated demand remaining 
even as the On-Trade reopened 
across the world. Consequently, 
we believe that not only will the 
elevated Off-Trade demand be 
sustained to some extent, but also 
that the higher level of adoption 
of premium spirits and mixers 
in the Off-Trade will encourage 
premiumisation in the On-Trade as 
consumers have become accustomed 
to high-quality long mixed drinks.

What is unique is that Fever-Tree 
sits at the heart of these global 
trends, in an unrivalled position. 
We have the first mover advantage, 
track record against competition, 
international footprint, tools, 
range, global brand recognition and 
relationships to continue to benefit 
from and drive this trend forward.

Fever-Tree Team

This year has been characterised by 
a lower level of recruitment than 
we undertook in 2020. We have 
focused on consolidating the hires 
made in the last two years, ensuring 
we have the appropriate internal 
structures to drive continued success 
and integrate the GDP team into 
the Group. The prevalence of virtual 
working over the last two years has 
provided us with more opportunities 
to connect our teams across every 
one of our regions, which has been 
even more important as we grow 
and become a more global business. 
Despite our pace of growth, we 
remain entrepreneurial at heart 
and work hard to ensure we have a 
culture that enables all our team, 
regardless of location, department 
or level, to feel they can make a real 
difference to the business.

8  Nielsen 

  9   Nielsen & IRI 2021 top 10 EU markets (excluding PL) 

  10   IWSR 2020

33

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW continued

Alongside this, we have been focused 
on ensuring we continue to provide 
the best environment and culture 
for our employees to thrive. This 
has included conducting our first 
employee-wide engagement survey in 
conjunction with “Best Companies” 
which resulted in Fever-Tree being 
accredited as an “Outstanding” firm 
to work for, establishing a Group-
wide Diversity and Inclusivity 
committee to build on our D&I 
framework, as well as providing a 
forum for our employees to share 
their experience and learnings.

Sustainability

The last 12 months has seen the 
Group build on the progress and 
framework established at the 
beginning of 2021, making real 
strides forward in several key areas. 
Most notably perhaps was the 
announcement in October that all 
our mixers sold in the UK are now 
carbon neutral from 2021 onwards 
alongside a global ambition to 
achieve carbon neutrality across  
all regions by 2025. While the  
way we operate helps to keep  
our own emissions low, we are 
holding ourselves to account for  
the emissions generated through  
our entire supply chain. We will 
continue to challenge ourselves  
and our partners to take steps to 
mitigate and reduce the carbon 
footprint of our drinks, reflecting  
our commitment to making a positive 
change in this important area. 

Further initiatives have included 
becoming a founding partner of 
Tesco’s Loop trial to promote and  
trial reusable packaging. 

From the very beginning, we have 
taken pride in using infinitely 
recyclable glass bottles and 
aluminium cans for our drinks, and 
continue to investigate ever more 
sustainable packaging solutions, 
including refillable options, hence 
our investment in this initiative  
with one of our major customers. 

Perhaps most pleasing has been 
the engagement we have seen both 
internally and externally as we have 
begun to roll out our sustainability 
roadmap. Our employees have 
led from the front. Whether it 
be establishing keeper teams to 
help with the maintenance and 
monitoring of the Fever-Tree Tiny 
Forest in Hammersmith, West 
London, offering volunteering and 
mentoring through our partners 
Future Frontiers and Key 4 Life or 
fundraising throughout the year for 
our charitable partner Malaria No 
More UK to support the ongoing 
fight against malaria, our teams 
across the globe have been at the 
heart of our strategy. 

34

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Chief Executive’s Review

“ We remain entrepreneurial at heart and work hard 
to ensure we have a culture that enables all our team, 
regardless of location, department or level, to feel they 
can make a real difference to the business.”

Summary & Outlook

2021 has been a year of notable 
success, as well as significant 
challenges, and I am proud of how 
the business has navigated the 
volatile environment to deliver a 
strong set of results. We end the year 
with increased confidence in the 
opportunity ahead and our ability to 
deliver against it across the world.

Our performance in the Off-Trade 
remained strong, even as the 
On-Trade re-opened, exceeding 
our expectations across all our 
regions. There has never been more 
excitement around enjoying long 
mixed drinks at home. These trends 
along with our growing brand 
strength and awareness enabled us 
to drive value share gains in all our 
key markets, including the UK, US, 
Europe, Australia and Canada.

The On-Trade also came back 
strongly as restrictions were lifted, 
responding to high levels of pent-
up demand around the world. The 
support we committed to our On-
Trade partners meant we were well- 
positioned to benefit from a positive 
re-opening and therefore saw strong 
growth and distribution gains 
during the second half of the year. 
Not only did we end the year with 
over 50% market share in the UK 
On-Trade, but we also saw record 
months of trading across Europe 
and the US, giving us confidence in 
our long-term growth plans across 
our mature and growth regions.

During the pandemic, the strong and 
secure financial position of the Group 
has enabled us to remain focused 
on the long-term opportunity, 
continue to invest and make strategic 
progress. We made a number of 
significant launches, including our 
Premium Sodas in the UK On-Trade 
as well as our Sparkling Lime & 
Yuzu in the US, and our Rhubarb 
& Raspberry Tonic across Europe, 
all of which are performing ahead 
of our expectations. In addition, we 
added to our local US production, 
commissioning a second bottling 
line at the end of the year on the 
East Coast.

The Group remains well-placed 
financially with a cash position at 
year end of £166.2m and our asset- 
light, outsourced business model 
continues to ensure we have a low 
fixed cost base and the flexibility to 
manage any future challenges. We 
are of course mindful of the impact 
that the uncertainty and instability 
of the last two years has had on our 
gross margins. Our focus remains on 
driving growth and ensuring we are 
equipped to manage the scale and 
complexity of a global business. 
This requires us to invest in our 
processes, systems and to move 
to local production partners at 
the appropriate point whilst also 
investing ahead of demand in 
key markets.

We are continuing to develop our 
global production footprint and can 
look forward with confidence to 
opportunities to capture economies of 
scale, optimise local inventory holdings 
and reduce our exposure to global 
sea freight over the coming years.

35

Uncertainty remains going into 
2022. We are mindful of the terrible 
events unfolding in Ukraine and 
related geopolitical uncertainty 
and will continue to monitor any 
future impacts this may have 
on our business. Alongside this, 
there remains a global backdrop 
of inflationary pressure against 
which we are employing a range 
of mitigating actions to offset 
some of the ongoing significant 
cost headwinds.

Despite this, we continue to be 
excited by the global growth of 
spirits, trends to long mixed drinks 
and increasing popularity of 
premium serves, all of which have 
accelerated during the last two years. 
In addition, new supportive trends 
such as mixology at home, along with 
our ever-increasing brand awareness 
and range of mixers to cater to 
more consumer occasions makes 
us increasingly confident in the 
opportunity ahead for the Group.

TIM WARRILLOW
Chief Executive Officer

SUSTAINABILITY REVIEW

PREMIUM INGREDIENTS  
FOR GROWTH

SUSTAINABILIT Y

SUSTAINABILITY HAS BEEN A CORE PART OF OUR DNA SINCE THE DAY THE BRAND  
WAS FOUNDED. OUR FOCUS ON SOURCING AND USING THE HIGHEST QUALITY 
INGREDIENTS REFLECTS OUR COMMITMENT TO “WORK WITH NATURE, NOT AGAINST IT” 
AND REMAINS CENTRAL TO OUR FUTURE SUCCESS AS A BUSINESS

36

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Sustainability Review

We are proud to be a global brand with colleagues, 
consumers, customers and suppliers around the world. 

As such we recognise our role in making a difference across our regions and 
throughout our supply chain – from where we source our ingredients through 
to where we live and work, and where our products are enjoyed. That’s why our 
five sustainability branches prioritise our key areas of: Climate, Conservation, 
Circular Economy, Communities and Colleagues, driving us to make a positive 
contribution across society and the environment. 

37

SUSTAINABILITY REVIEW continued

FIVE BRANCHES
Our five branches guide our initiatives to care for  
the world we live in and the people we work with. 

OUR BRANCHES

CLIMATE

CONSERVATION

We are acutely aware of the need to protect 
the natural environment around us from a 
changing climate, not only where we source 
our high-quality ingredients from but also 
where we live and work.

As we work with nature to source the best 
ingredients, we also seek to understand the 
importance of biodiversity in the regions 
we source from – be it the quinine from the 
Democratic Republic of Congo, citrus from 
Mexico, ginger from India, or even rhubarb 
from Norfolk.

Read more / pages 40 to 45

Read more / pages 46 and 47

OUR ROOTS 
UNDERPIN WHAT  
WE DO

Environment 
We respect the natural environment that 
enables us to create our mixers and are 
committed to making mixers with the 
best that nature has to offer.

Ingredients
We pride ourselves on sourcing the 
highest quality ingredients for our mixers, 
with a priority on doing so in a way that 
is ethical and sustainable.

38

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Sustainability Review

CONTRIBUTING TO THE UN SDGS

Our approach aligns with and supports the UN Sustainable Development Goals. We have identified the four 
goals that are most meaningful to our ambitions and that we are confident in delivering the most positive 
impact towards: 3;12;13;15.

HEALTH & WELLBEING

RESPONSIBLE CONSUMPTION  
AND PRODUCTION

CLIMATE ACTION 

LIFE ON LAND

CIRCULAR ECONOMY

COMMUNITIES

COLLEAGUES

We are committed to ensuring the relative 
environmental impacts are minimised 
throughout the life cycle of our packaging.  
For us, sustainable packaging means using 
a format that minimises its impact on the 
environment, while fulfilling the requirement 
to protect, transport and present Fever-Tree 
products.

We pride ourselves on our Social, Ethical 
and Environmental Business Policy, which 
is embedded in our management system and 
sets out the standards of employment that 
we require of our partners and other major 
suppliers to conduct their business in line with.

Our employees are central to our success, 
we value each and every person who works 
for us. We actively promote diversity within 
our workforce and wholly support equal 
opportunities in employment

Read more / pages 48 and 49

Read more / pages 50 and 51

Read more / pages 52 and 53

Fighting Malaria 
Malaria is one of the world’s deadliest diseases and continues to threaten over  
half the world’s population.

Fever-Tree and the global fight against malaria are inextricably linked, given the historic  
role quinine has played in combating the disease. We are proud to have supported Malaria  
No More UK since 2013 in their ambition to end malaria.

39

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

SUSTAINABILITY REVIEW continued

CLIMATE

We are acutely aware of the need to protect the natural 
environment around us from a changing climate, not only 
where we source our high-quality ingredients from but also 
where we live and work.

MEASURING OUR FOOTPRINT

Fever-Tree Drinks PLC has reported scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emissions in accordance with the requirements of Streamlined Energy and 
Carbon Reporting (SECR). 

This includes Fever-Tree Drinks PLC’s stated emissions for the most recent 
reporting year – the 12 months starting 01/01/2021 and ending 31/12/2021,  
on top of previous analyses performed in 2018, 2019 & 2020. 

Methodology 

Responsibilities of Fever-Tree and Green Element 
Fever-Tree was responsible for the internal management controls governing the 
data collection process. Green Element was responsible for the data aggregation, 
any estimations and extrapolations applied (as required) and GHG calculations 
performed, and the emissions statements. 

Scope and Subject Matter 
The boundary of the report includes the UK, US and Germany offices which were 
all operational for the entire reporting period. Where missing, electricity and gas 
data was extrapolated from the available invoices to represent the full reporting 
period (this applies to the UK and Germany office). 

Energy and GHG sources included in the process: 

1  Scope 1: Fuel used in company vehicles and natural gas. 

2  Scope 2: Purchased electricity.

3  Scope 3: Fuel used for business travel in employee owned or hired vehicles.

4 

 All seven Kyoto protocol GHGs were included:  
CO2, N2O, CH4, HFCs, PFCs, SF6 and NF3.

Greenhouse gas emissions were calculated according to the Greenhouse Gas 
Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard. 

The figures were calculated using UK government 2021 conversion factors, 
expressed as tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (tCO2e). 

40

STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Sustainability Review

Closer look at our emissions

Streamlined energy & carbon reporting

Energy consumption: (kWh)

Electricity 

Gas 

Transport fuel 

 UK 2018 

UK 2019

UK 2020

UK 2021

US 2021

Germany 2021

 111,149.00 

 117,719.00 

 103,426.80 

 89,458.56 

 16,956.00 

 11,924.00 

–

– 

 1,506.00 

 2,842.74 

–

–

 64,350.58 

 251,910.46 

 78,473.81 

 121,761.69 

 214,195.83 

 514,840.83 

Total energy consumption 

 175,499.58 

 369,629.46 

 183,406.61 

 214,062.99 

 231,151.83 

 526,764.83 

Emissions (tCO2e)
Scope 1

Emissions from combustion of gas  
in buildings 
Emissions from combustion of fuel  
for transport purposes
Scope 2

Emissions from purchased electricity  
(location-based method*)

Emissions from purchased electricity  
(market-based method**)

Emissions from purchased electricity  
for transport purposes

Scope 1 & 2

Total Scope 1+2 emissions 
(location-based method*)

Total Scope 1+2 emissions  
(market-based method)

Scope 3

Emissions from business travel in rental 
cars or employee vehicles where Company 
is responsible for purchasing the fuel

Emissions from upstream transport and 
distribution losses and excavation and 
transport of fuels (location-based method*)

Emissions from upstream transport and 
distribution losses and excavation and 
transport of fuels (market-based method**)

Total emissions for mandatory reporting 
(location-based method)

Total emissions for mandatory reporting 
(market-based method)

Intensity (tCO 2e/unit produced) 
Revenue £m

Intensity ratio: tCO2e/£m  
(location-based method*)

Intensity ratio: tCO2e/£m  
(market-based method**)

Methodology

– 

–

 0.28 

 0.52 

 11.51 

 42.13 

 12.05 

 7.80 

– 

– 

 –

 125.14 

 31.46 

 30.09 

 24.11 

 18.99 

 4.26 

 4.04 

– 

– 

 – 

– 

 – 

– 

 4.53 

 4.26 

 1.76 

 0.26 

– 

– 

 39.72 

71.32 

 36.44 

 27.57 

 4.26 

 129.18 

11.31 

41.24 

 12.33 

 13.10 

 4.26 

 126.90 

 6.30 

 26.24 

 8.56 

 22.05 

 52.70 

– 

 11.88 

 24.57 

 11.04 

 14.90 

 15.98 

 36.16 

 4.14 

 17.46 

 5.35 

 8.93 

 15.98 

 35.10 

 61.16 

 123.03 

 56.04 

 64.51 

 72.94 

 165.34 

 21.95 

 85.83 

 26.24 

 44.08 

 72.94 

 162.00 

 134.10 

 132.70 

 103.30 

 118.30 

 77.90 

 78.80 

 0.46 

 0.93 

 0.54 

 0.55 

 0.94 

 2.10 

 0.16 

 0.65 

 0.25 

 0.37 

 0.94 

 2.06 

GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard 2014

*  Location-based electricity reporting uses the average grid fuel mix in the country of purchase to calculate GHG emissions. This is mandatory for SECR.

**   Market-based electricity reporting uses the supplier-specific fuel mix of the reporting company’s tariff. This was not accessible for the US office and one of the  

UK office’s meters, so averages were applied. This is not mandatory for SECR.

41

SUSTAINABILITY REVIEW continued

ENERGY EFFICIENCY ACTIONS

Energy efficiency and climate change are at the centre 
of Fever-Tree’s strategy. Prior to/during the reporting 
period the following projects have taken place:

•  During 2021 Fever-Tree began switching company-

owned cars to hybrid.

•  During 2021 Fever-Tree reviewed the possible 

energy efficiency actions that could be implemented 
in the new Germany office.

•  During 2021 one of Fever-Tree’s UK co-packers 

installed solar panels across its two production sites, 
which is expected to account for c.12% of their total 
energy usage.

• 

• 

• 

• 

In 2022 a second bottling production site will  
come on line in the US, reducing the requirement 
to transport products from the UK. 

In 2022 the Germany office will switch to a 100% 
renewable energy tariff.

In 2022 Germany will assess the possibility of 
switching company-owned cars to hybrid.

In 2022 Fever-Tree will introduce a salary-sacrifice 
scheme, incentivising the purchase/lease of electric 
vehicles for UK employees.

A CLOSER LOOK AT OUR UK EMISSIONS 

The last 12 months has seen our sustainability team 
working with the Carbon Trust and our partners 
throughout our supply chains to gain an in-depth 
understanding of our greenhouse gas emissions 
footprint. This has meant carrying out a cradle-to-
grave product carbon footprint across our entire range 
of mixers sold in the UK, from our tonics and gingers, 
through to our sodas and lemonades.

Cradle-to-grave means all emissions associated with 
our mixers; from those connected to the sourcing of our 
ingredients and the manufacturing of our mixers, as well 
as the journey they go on to reach our customers, right 
through to how they are consumed (even including the 
ice used in the drink) and finally their eventual disposal. 

The scope of this analysis has looked at the emissions 
arising from mixers sold in the UK, including: 

•  Growing and processing of our ingredients.

•  Raw materials and production of our packaging.

•  Transport of packaging and ingredients to our  

bottling and canning partners.

•  Production of Fever-Tree mixers.

•  Transport of our finished mixers to storage facilities 

•  Storage at our warehouses.

•  Shipping of our product to our retail and on-trade 

partners.

•  Consumption of our mixers by our consumers, 

including refrigeration and ice.

•  Waste and recycling at the end of all our mixers’ lives. 

The Carbon Trust calculated Fever-Tree’s 2020 UK 
product carbon footprints in line with the GHG 
Protocol Product Standard and PAS 2050. These 
standards outline the approach taken to calculate 
greenhouse gas emissions for products, reported in 
tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent gases (tCO2e). 
The Carbon Trust primarily used carbon conversion 
factors from the Carbon Trust’s own database, the UK 
Government (BEIS 2020) and other international 
governments to calculate the greenhouse gas emissions 
associated with the production of Fever-Tree’s 
products in 2020. Industry or supplier-specific carbon 
conversion factors were used instead of industry 
averages where appropriate and available. 

This detailed assessment has provided an in-depth 
understanding of the emissions related to our mixers 
sold in the UK throughout our supply chains, enabling 
us to not only identify potential hotspots but also 
provide the data to underpin our wider emissions 
reduction strategy and opportunities outlined in more 
detail below.

We have also undertaken a global greenhouse gas 
emissions analysis with consultancy Green Element to 
allow us to better understand our total global footprint 
and build our roadmap for reductions not just in the 
UK. We plan to build on this over the coming years as 
we work towards our global carbon neutral aim. 

TOTAL UK MIXER EMISSIONS AS  
CALCULATED BY THE CARBON TRUST:

45,444 TONNES

CO2e (2020) 

42

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Sustainability Review

OUR EMISSIONS
Per 200ml INDIAN TONIC SOLD IN THE UK – 2020  
based on analysis by the Carbon Trust

Liquid 
0.03kg CO2e/unit
13%

Manufacture 
0.02kg CO2e/unit
7%

Use phase 
0.02kg CO2e/unit
7%

Packaging 
0.13kg CO2e/unit
65%

Downstream distribution 
0.01kg CO2e/unit
5%

End of life 
0.01kg CO2e/unit
3%

TOTAL 

0.2kg CO2e/unit

43

SUSTAINABILITY REVIEW continued

EMISSIONS REDUCTION
In 2021 we committed to reduce absolute scope 1 and scope 2 GHG emissions  
50% by 2030 from a 2018 base year, aligning us with the SBTi, and, in relation  
to our indirect emissions (scope 3), we committed to delivering a reduction in  
the carbon intensity per litre on an annual basis from 2021 onwards, reflecting  
the growth nature of the business.

Our reduction plans focus both 
on our own emissions, as well as 
emissions through our supply chain. 
We recognise making changes will 
be more challenging in certain 
areas but we are very pleased with 
the engagement and willingness 
of our partners to work with us on 
this journey.

In terms of our scope 1 and 2 
emissions, we have begun to roll 
out hybrid cars across our On-Trade 
sales teams in the UK and Germany 
and remain committed to switching 
all our offices to renewable energy.

Scope 3 emissions account for the 
majority of the Group’s emissions 
footprint and are where a lot of 
our focus continues to be. Our 
sustainability team are working 
increasingly closely with many of our 
suppliers and co-packers, sharing 

best practice, as well as conducting 
site visits to identify and deliver 
emissions reduction projects that 
will make a meaningful difference. 

Our increased focus on product 
mix has also delivered benefits. The 
introduction of our 15x8x150ml 
can packs, alongside the growing 
popularity of our cans as a format of 
choice for consumers, has driven a 
reduction in our emissions per litre 
in line with our stated goal.

This is just one example of the 
initiatives that are underway across 
our supply chain, and we continue to 
support and engage our partners on 
their emission reduction strategies. 

This year we have been able to map 
the amount of renewable energy 
used by our co-packers in the 
production of our mixers.

Reflecting our growing global 
footprint, transport accounts 
for a significant proportion of 
our emissions. This year we have 
continued to explore the feasibility of 
moving production closer to our end 
markets, thereby cutting down on 
the distance our mixers have to travel 
to end customers and significantly 
reducing emissions related to road 
and sea freight. 

We started bottling in the US at 
the very end of 2020 and have 
been ramping up production over 
the last 12 months, and 2022 will 
see the introduction of our second 
US bottler, on the East Coast. 
In addition, we have identified a 
glass manufacturer in the US to 
produce our glass bottles which will 
significantly reduce the amount 
of glass being shipped across 
the Atlantic. 

THOMAS HARDY 

Thomas Hardy, one of our key co-
packers, has recently completed the 
installation of over 2,000 solar panels 
across their two productions sites, which 
is expected to account for over 10% of 
their total annual energy requirements 
from 2022 onwards. 

IN 2021 WE COMMITTED TO REDUCE 
ABSOLUTE SCOPE 1 AND SCOPE 2 GHG 
EMISSIONS BY

50% BY 2030

44

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Sustainability Review

ACTING NOW

While we are committed to reducing our overall emissions, we also recognise that as a 
fast-growing, outsourced business delivering an absolute reduction in our emissions in 
line with clearly defined Net Zero ambitions will take time to achieve and will require 
co-operation and co-ordination of our partners throughout our supply chain.

These steps have meant that from 
2021 all of our mixers sold in the 
UK are now carbon neutral. This 
is a significant milestone, taking 
ownership of emissions from the 
first step right through to the 
consumption and disposal of our 
mixers. We have been encouraged by 
the engagement from our customers 
and consumers since we announced 
this milestone, and remain 
committed to continuing to drive 
change both within our business  
and through our supply chain.

As outlined on the previous page, 
we are working closely with these 
partners and once we have a clear, 
realistic picture of what is achievable 
and over what timeframe we will 
be setting our own clear Net Zero 
targets. But that doesn’t mean we 
can’t take steps now to drive change. 

That is why alongside our reduction 
targets, we have already begun to 
compensate for our carbon footprint 
by offsetting the emissions created 
throughout the life cycle of our 
mixers sold in the UK. In doing so, 
we are placing a price on carbon 
emissions related to our products 
now – not in five or ten years’ time 
– bringing it to the forefront of key 
decisions made across the Group.

Our relationship with the natural 
environment and how we depend on 
it to source our ingredients is central 
to our wider sustainability approach, 
and so it is also an important 
priority in how we approach the 
offsetting of our emissions.  

We are investing in high quality, 
independently verified, nature-
based projects in regions where 
we source our key ingredients 
with our first investment being 
the Isangi REDD+ Project in the 
Democratic Republic of Congo. 
As carbon sinks, forests play an 
important role in climate change 
mitigation. However, when forests 
are cut down the stored carbon is 
released into the atmosphere, and 
the ecosystem biodiversity is lost or 
damaged. Projects such as Isangi 
will not only help to protect these 
forests, but also promote sustainable 
economic opportunities and develop 
initiatives to bring a brighter future 
to remote communities. 

Our future offsetting plans include a 
long-term partnership in a bespoke 
conservation project which we look 
forward to discussing in greater 
detail in the coming months.

45

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

SUSTAINABILITY REVIEW continued

CONSERVATION

As we work with nature to source the best ingredients, we 
also seek to understand the importance of biodiversity in 
the regions we source from – be it the quinine from the 
Democratic Republic of Congo, citrus from Mexico, ginger 
from India, or even rhubarb from Norfolk.

46

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Sustainability Review

Our ingredient suppliers share our passion for protecting the biodiversity 
in the regions they work, with many using traditional farming methods to 
limit the impact on the land.

Whether it be our lemon thyme 
growers harvesting the thyme 
using handheld machinery, our 
bitter orange suppliers employing 
traditional Mayan farming 
techniques, which involves 
mimicking nature as best as possible 
to protect and respect the land, 
or our damson growers installing 
bee hives in their orchards to 
support pollination, protecting and 
enhancing biodiversity remains 
central to their approach.

TINY FORESTS

We also believe in enriching biodiversity  
in places where our drinks are enjoyed,  
and where we live and work. That’s why  
this year we have partnered with 
environmental charity Earthwatch Europe 
to plant London’s first ever Tiny Forest. 

The Fever-Tree Tiny Forest is an innovative 
urban tree planting project, a dense,  
fast-growing woodland, consisting of 600 
trees planted in an area the size of a tennis 
court, contributing to the regeneration of 
derelict land in Hammersmith Park.

Environmental issues such as flooding, 
heat stress and loss of biodiversity are 
increasingly affecting urban areas. Creating 
thriving and climate-resilient urban areas 
that support economic growth, whilst also 
enhancing livelihoods and wellbeing, is a 
considerable challenge.

Over the last year, we have held a number of 
monitoring days with local volunteers and 
Fever-Tree colleagues, enabling us to take 
part in scientific data collection to monitor 
the progress of the fauna and flora, and 
understand the positive impact that our 
Tiny Forest has on the environment. 

The Fever-Tree Tiny Forest can play a part 
in facing this challenge. It will bring the 
benefits of a forest – reconnecting people 
with nature and raising awareness, helping 
to mitigate the impacts of climate change, 
as well as providing nature-rich habitat 
patches to support urban wildlife – right 
into the heart of our cities and urban spaces.

Looking ahead to 2022, we are working with 
trade partners to support similar urban tree 
planting projects, driving a greater positive 
impact on biodiversity around the world. 

For the latest investor relations / 
fever-tree.com/en_GB/investors

47

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

SUSTAINABILITY REVIEW continued

CIRCULAR ECONOMY

We are committed to ensuring the relative  
environmental impacts are minimised throughout  
the life cycle of our packaging. 

LOOP INITIATIVE 

In the UK, as part of our commitment to 
minimising the impact of our packaging even 
further, we have joined the Loop initiative, a 
first-of-its kind reusable packaging platform 
in partnership with the UK’s number 1 
retailer, Tesco. 

48

As part of a trial in selected Tesco stores, 
our Indian Tonic Water and Mediterranean 
Tonic Water are now available in returnable 
and reusable 750ml bottles. Once enjoyed, 
the empty bottles can be returned to the 
participating Tesco stores, where the 20p 
deposit will be refunded via the Loop app. 
The bottles are then cleaned to industrial 
standards and refilled, before arriving back 
in Tesco stores.

Water Stewardship

Just like our natural flavourings 
and ingredients, water is an 
equally critical ingredient 
for us, and we recognise the 
importance of managing our 
usage, and that of our supply 
chain, very carefully. 

The majority of our partners’ 
manufacturing sites are 
located outside of regions of 
water stress, but we remain 
committed to only using as 
much water as is needed, and to 
minimise this throughout our 
products’ life cycles. 

We work with our partners to 
understand their water usage 
and are collaborating with 
them as they look to improve 
water efficiency within the 
manufacturing processes, 
including water recovery and 
reuse. Recent initiatives have 
included the introduction of 
reverse osmosis process water 
treatments at one of our co-
packers’ sites, reducing overall 
water usage, as well as another 
key supplier repurposing 
left-over spring water to be 
reused across its site, thereby 
cutting wastage.

STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Sustainability Review

For us, sustainable packaging means 
using a format that minimises its 
impact on the environment, while 
fulfilling the requirement to protect, 
transport and present Fever-
Tree products.

That is why we never use PET 
bottles, but use glass and cans made 
from a portion of recycled materials 
to package our drinks. 

Glass is infinitely recyclable, 
meaning the same glass material 
can be indefinitely recycled in an 
endless loop, again and again, into 
new bottles, thereby reducing waste 
and CO2 emissions and preserving 
raw materials.

We are of course conscious of the 
energy used in the manufacture of 
glass bottles, and have been spending 
time with our glass suppliers to 
understand their plans and targets to 
reduce these emissions. Encouragingly 
there are also a number of industry-
wide initiatives that are underway 
to explore energy efficient furnaces, 
as well as increasing the use of 
renewable energy. This is not about 
short-term fixes but ensuring the 
glass industry remains at the forefront 
of sustainable packaging solutions 
for the longer term. 

Waste Management

As well as looking to increase the 
portion of recycled material used in 
our packaging, we have continued 
to highlight the recyclability of 
our packaging to customers and 
consumers alike, ensuring market-
specific recycling messaging is on 
all our product packaging.

We are committed to a zero waste 
to landfill policy within our own 
operations. Any leftover product 
is either recycled or donated to 
charitable partners, and we have 
established recycling schemes across 
our offices, meaning we send zero 
waste to landfill.

We take time to build and sustain 
long-term supplier relationships 
to ensure that we understand 
the full end-to-end journey of 
our ingredients from growing to 
processing, and that outputs are 
maximised, reducing waste. We 
work with suppliers to ensure that 
they implement and maintain 
environmental management 
systems, to manage areas including 
pollution, water, emissions, energy 
and sourcing.

As well as being 
infinitely recyclable, 
there are increasing 
numbers of 
trials focused 
on reusable and 
refillable packaging, 
something glass is 
ideally suited to. 

NO LIME LEFT BEHIND 

We work closely with family-owned 
citrus processors across several regions in 
Mexico, including the Yucatan valley in 
the south east corner of Mexico, and the 
Colima region on the west coast. 

Our suppliers have a zero-waste approach 
to their growing and harvesting, ensuring 
none of the product is wasted. The 
essential lime oil is gathered from the peel, 
juice from the flesh and the lime husks 
are then left to dry in the sun and used for 
animal feed, thereby ensuring the whole 
fruit is used.

For the latest investor relations /  
fever-tree.com/en_GB/investors

49

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

SUSTAINABILITY REVIEW continued

COMMUNITIES

50

In addition, across many of our 
events and On-Trade menus 
we provide no- or low-alcohol 
alternatives alongside our regular 
long mixed drink options, 
partnering with a number of the 
new brands that have entered the 
category in recent years. Our book 
Easy Mixing published this year also 
had a chapter devoted to no- and 
low-alcohol options.

Health & Wellness

At Fever-Tree, we are proud of our 
position as pioneers of the premium 
mixer and how we have transformed 
the wider mixer category. This 
extends to our Refreshingly Light 
range which was launched 2018. 

We want to create delicious 
refreshing mixers with great 
flavours that can be consumed by 
both consumers wanting to drink 
a regular liquid or the more health 
conscious consumer wanting to 
reduce their sugar intake – we are 
all about offering choice to the 
consumer, with many of our new 
products being available as part of 
our Refreshingly Light range. 

Alongside this we have also rolled 
out our Premium Soda range in 
2021, providing an additional 
range of lower calorie mixers 
for  consumers. 

Ethical Sourcing

We pride ourselves on our Social, 
Ethical and Environmental Business 
Policy, which is embedded in our 
management system and sets out 
the standards of employment and 
behaviour that we require of our 
partners and other major suppliers 
to conduct their business in line 
with. These standards are set 
in accordance with the Ethical 
Trading Initiative Base Code and 
International Labour Organisation 
fundamental conventions. 
In addition to standards of 
employment, our policy covers 
avoiding bribery and corruption, 
adherence to the Modern Slavery 
Act, health and safety management 
systems and environmental 
management systems.

SEDEX

The vast majority of our co-
packers and ingredients suppliers 
are members of SEDEX, which 
allows us to understand labour 
management and human rights 
practices in more detail, alongside 
our own policies that are set 
in accordance to international 
standards. We work closely with 
those that are not SEDEX members 
to ensure we have a similar level of 
oversight nonetheless.

Fight against Malaria

Malaria is one of the world’s oldest 
and deadliest diseases, and the 
fight against it means a lot to us at 
Fever-Tree. In fact, it’s part of the 
reason we exist in the first place. 
It is often asserted that the 
quinine-producing cinchona tree, 
known colloquially to local growers 
as the fever tree, was important in 
humanity’s fight against malaria. 
Since then, medical advances and 
prevention tools have drastically 
curbed its power, but more needs to 
be done to help eradicate malaria.

STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Sustainability Review

We have been working with Malaria 
No More UK since 2013 to help 
fight the threat of malaria globally. 
In 2021, we supported World 
Malaria Day by revamping our Raise 
Your Glass campaign, running a 
ticketed virtual masterclass with our 
own drinks expert for consumers, 
as well as an internal engagement 
campaign, the 2 Minute Challenge. 

We are immensely proud of our 
colleagues who ran the London 
Marathon in support of Malaria No 
More UK virtually - from London, 
to the Welsh mountains, to Central 
Park in New York City.

Our colleagues also ran, cycled and 
baked alongside them to boost their 
fundraising efforts. 

Responsible Drinking

Fever-Tree is a brand centred 
on quality, not quantity, and our 
products are designed to be drunk as 
long, mixed drinks, with a variety of 
spirits, or even without alcohol at all.

That said, as a business we recognise 
our role in promoting responsible 
drinking and while as a mixer brand 
we do not need to carry the drink 
aware logo, we choose to do so on 
the front page of our website and 
ensure the relevant messaging is 
displayed where appropriate on 
our marketing materials and any 
co-promotional activity done with 
spirits brands.

51

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

SUSTAINABILITY REVIEW continued

COLLEAGUES

Our employees are central to our success, we value each 
and every person who works for us. We actively promote 
diversity within our workforce and wholly support 
equal opportunities in employment. We know that 
differing backgrounds and perspectives create a more 
dynamic and inclusive environment, and this reflects 
our approach throughout our recruitment, training 
and promotion processes.

2021 has seen the Group continue to support all its 
colleagues during periods of lockdown and remote 
working, as well as introduce initiatives to support the 
return to the office during the second half of the year. 

These initiatives and benefits were introduced following 
consultation with colleagues and focused on their 
mental, social, physical and financial wellbeing.

They included upweighted mental health support, an 
enhanced maternity leave policy, as well as making 
budget available to encourage colleagues to be able to 
share time together outside of the workplace through 
activities such as the “Stereotonics”, the office choir, 
yoga classes, book club and cookery challenges, 
alongside regular Lunch and Learn sessions to enable 
different regions to share insights and offer support to 
one another.

52

STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Sustainability Review

COLLEAGUE ENGAGEMENT SURVEY 

During 2021, we also ran our first ever global Employee 
Engagement Study in conjunction with ‘Best Companies’.

The study focused on eight areas of engagement:

•  Management

•  Leadership

•  Company Affinity

•  Personal Growth

•  Teamwork

•  Wellbeing

•  Fair Deal

•  CSR

Fever-Tree scored a 2* accreditation, meaning ‘Outstanding’.  
We were also in the top 10 best Food and Drink Companies to 
work for on a national basis and in the list of London’s best  
50 best mid-sized companies to work for. 

Through our ongoing review system, feedback analysis, wellbeing 
tools, internal and external community work, and organisational 
evolution, we continue to build on the factors that these 
accreditations were awarded for.

Diversity and Inclusivity:

At Fever-Tree, we think of Diversity 
as the differences among groups of 
people and individuals across many 
different facets of one’s identity, 
including ethnicity, race, gender, 
sexual orientation, socioeconomic 
status, language, religion and 
geographical area, but also their 
unique differences in personality, 
experiences and viewpoints, 
including political or social beliefs 
and opinions, background and 
individual or shared life experiences.

Our commitment to Diversity 
& Inclusion means that we will 
continuously identify areas for 
growth/opportunity and ensure 
that we institute the right proactive 
measures within our composition, 
community & communications.

In 2021 a number of initiatives 
were introduced to further enhance 
our desired culture and diversity 
including: 

• 

the formation of a global D&I 
Committee; 

•  an upgraded employee benefits 

package; 

•  a continued apprenticeship 
scheme in the UK office; 

•  partnership with local community 
charities such as Key4Life and 
Future Frontiers to help young 
people into the workplace; 

• 

• 

training 14 employees from 
cross-departmental areas as 
Mental Health First Aiders; 

enabling global mobility 
opportunities for employees; and 

•  a new approach to recruitment of 
talent through the introduction 
of the Fever-Tree Graduate 
Programme.

As of 1st January 2022, Fever-
Tree employed 283 employees 
across 12 different markets. Across 
all employees our gender split 
is 53% female to 47% male. The 
gender balance of those in senior 
management positions and their 
direct reports was 60% male and 
40% female. As a Group, we are 
committed to ensuring our senior 
management reflects the balance 
across the wider business and steps 
have been taken, in consultation with 
the Group’s Chief People Officer, to 
identify and develop a pipeline of 
diverse and high-calibre candidates 
from within the existing workforce to 
take on additional roles which equate 
to board-level experience.

VOLUNTEERING 

We believe in the mental and physical benefits that volunteering brings to our colleagues, as well as the positive impact that they  
can have on the community. We work with several different causes, including Ethical Angels, Future Frontiers and Key4Life. 

Key4Life helps previously convicted young 
people at risk of committing offences 
establish themselves in workplaces. Over 
the course of the year we’ve run work tasters 
and are working with our event barstaff 
providers to provide opportunities for 
training and work placements. 

Through Ethical Angels, we worked with 
Rewards Earth, a charity that provides a 
way for individuals to offset their personal 
carbon emissions by planting trees in the 
UK and overseas. The UK trees are planted 
by The Green Task Force, made up of 
veterans who are transitioning from the 
armed services. Many of these veterans suffer 
from conditions such as PTSD, and The 
Green Task force provides them a pathway 
to nationally recognised qualifications and 
ultimately employment, whilst assisting in 
their rehabilitation and reintegration through 
‘Nature Based Therapy’, with proven success. 

Future Frontiers is an award-winning 
education charity that exists to ensure young 
people from disadvantaged backgrounds 
fulfil their potential at school and when 
transitioning to education, employment or 
training at age 16. 

2021 was the second year of our partnership 
and saw colleagues offer career guidance to 
young people from Ark Burlington Danes 
Academy to help them achieve at school 
and make informed choices about their 
future in different industries. Following the 
programme, 75% of students agreed their 
coach helped them find an inspirational 
career, and 100% agreed the knowledge they 
gained about their career has improved their 
attitudes towards learning. 

53

FINANCIAL REVIEW

A STRONGER POSITION
“We have continued to make good strategic progress, with 
successful new product launches and continued investment 
in marketing, sustainability and our people.”

ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer

The Group capitalised on strong Off-Trade momentum 
and its commitment since the start of the pandemic  
to continue to invest in the brand and product 
innovation to deliver revenue of £311.1m (2020: 
£252.1m), achieving growth of 23.4% despite the  
ongoing On-Trade restrictions, disruption and 
uncertainty caused by COVID-19.

Performance in the Off-Trade was 
consistently strong across regions, 
with the brand gaining market 
share in our key growth markets, 
whilst On-Trade performance was 
encouraging despite being impacted 
by restrictions in the first half of 
2021 and towards the end of the year.

We have continued to make good 
strategic progress, with successful 
new product launches and 
continued investment in marketing, 
sustainability and our people. 
As a result of our strategic focus 
and our initiatives throughout 
the pandemic, we have strong 
momentum in a number of exciting 
growth markets, including the US, 

Canada, Australia, as well as across 
our European markets, further 
positioning us as a truly global 
brand and the clear leader of the 
premium mixer opportunity.

As was the case across the industry, 
the Group was impacted throughout 
2021 by considerable disruption 
to global logistics networks, most 
notably through the availability 
and pricing of sea freight and 
HGV drivers across our regions, 
which negatively impacted gross 
margin. Despite the increased level 
of logistics costs, we continued to 
invest for the long-term, and as a 
result, the adjusted EBITDA margin 
reduced to 20.2% (2020: 22.6%). 

54

ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER 
Chief Financial Officer

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Financial Review

As we move into 2022 conditions 
remain challenging, with continued 
disruption and significant headwinds 
in product and logistics costs, but we 
are working to mitigate the impact of 
these increases and remain focussed 
on driving margin improvement 
over the medium term alongside  
our strong top line growth.

The Group generated an adjusted 
EBITDA of £63.0m (2020: 
£57.0m), returning to growth with 
an increase of 10.3% on 2020. 
Operating cash flow conversion 
remained strong at 91.7% (2020: 
95.8%), and we end the year with an 
improved cash position of £166.2m 
(2020: £143.1m). As a reflection 
of our confidence in the financial 
strength of the Group, the Board is 
recommending a final dividend of 
10.47 pence per share, an increase 
of 1.9% year-on-year, as well as a 
special dividend of 42.90 pence.

Gross Margin

Gross margin of 42.1% represents 
a reduction from the 46.2% gross 
margin reported in 2020. Whilst 
there were marginal impacts from 
net foreign currency headwinds 
and the impact of consolidating a 
full year of GDP portfolio brand 
revenue, the most significant impact 
on gross margin was the increase in 
logistics costs. 

The disruption to global logistics 
networks had multiple impacts on 
gross margin, including increased 
UK logistics costs driven by 
shortages of HGV drivers and 
significantly increased Trans-
Atlantic freight charges for the 
shipping of product to the US. 
In order to mitigate the impact 
of uncertainty of sea freight 
availability, we took the decision  
to build inventory in the US in   
the first half of the year. 

This successfully ensured continued 
product availability in the US, 
however, it also resulted in elevated 
storage charges and, at the end of 
the year, we were required to book a 
£1.3m provision against inventory 
approaching its expiry date. The 
unsold inventory largely related 
to a narrow range of new product 
lines which were shipped to the US 
early in 2021 ahead of expected 
new distribution in both the Off- 
and On-Trade channels which was 
subsequently delayed until later in 
the year due to the ongoing impact 
of the pandemic.

Disruption and uncertainty is 
ongoing as we proceed into 2022, 
and we anticipate significant 
headwinds in both logistics and 
product costs.

Against this backdrop we are 
focused on mitigating actions, with 
the ramping up of local production 
on the East Coast of the US, 
alongside a fully functioning West 
Coast production line, essential in 
reducing our exposure to elevated 
Trans-Atlantic freight costs, as well 
as allowing for lower inventory 
holdings in the US. We are also 
working on a number of initiatives, 
including transitioning to new 
warehousing locations in the US 
closer to our bottling lines, as well 
as multiple other projects across 
the Group, all of which are aimed 
at driving improvements in gross 
margin over the medium term.

55

Operating Expenditure

Despite the ongoing impact of the 
pandemic on our On-Trade revenue, 
and the impact of global logistics 
disruption on our gross margin, we 
continued to focus on the significant 
opportunity ahead for the Group 
and invest in the brand, our people 
and our capabilities. This led to 
underlying operating expenses1 
increasing by 14.6% to £67.9m 
(2020: £59.3m), reducing to 21.9% 
of Group revenue (2020: 23.5%).

We invested in TV advertising 
campaigns in the UK and Spain, 
upweighted digital marketing spend 
across regions and executed strong 
On-Trade activations across the 
summer period. Premium spirit 
brands are more engaged than ever in 
seeking co-promotional opportunities 
to drive serves, resulting in multiple 
significant campaigns across our 
key markets. Total marketing spend 
from the Group remained strong at 
9.3% of Fever-Tree brand revenue 
(2020: 9.9%).

Staff costs and other overheads 
increased to £38.7m (2020: 
£34.1m). Following a significant 
increase in headcount in 2020 
we recruited less this year, 
consolidating the team and 
continuing to integrate the GDP 
staff and operations following 
the acquisition in July 2020.  

1   Underlying operating expenses is defined 
as Administrative expenses (£75.3m) less 
Depreciation (£3.2m), Amortisation (£1.5m)  
and Share based payment expenditure (£2.7m).

FINANCIAL REVIEW continued

We will continue to build the 
team in 2022, to invest ahead and 
underpin the increasing scale, scope 
and complexity of the business. 
Whilst we will necessarily increase 
our headcount, we intend to remain 
a lean organisation, and preserve 
the entrepreneurial culture and 
operational agility that has served 
the Group so well to date.

Whilst underlying operating 
expenses reduced as a percentage 
of revenue to 21.9%, this was not 
sufficient to offset the decrease in 
gross margin and as a result, the 
adjusted EBITDA margin reduced 
to 20.2% (2020: 22.6%). Despite 
this reduction in margin, due to 
the strong revenue performance 
adjusted EBITDA returned to 
growth in 2021, increasing by 10.3% 
to £63.0m (2020: £57.0m).

Amortisation charges increased to 
£1.5m (2020: £1.1m) following 
a full year of amortisation of 
the intangible asset created on 
acquisition of GDP in July 2020. 
Depreciation charges also increased 
to £3.2m (2020: £2.7m), largely 
driven by the reusable packaging 
system in Germany, including 
the launch of a new 750ml glass 
bottle format. Finally, share based 
payment charges increased to £2.7m 
(2020: £1.9m).

As a result of the increases in 
amortisation, depreciation and 
share based payment charges, the 
10.3% increase in adjusted EBITDA 
translates to an 8.3% increase in 
operating profit to £55.6m (2020: 
£51.3m) and profit before tax 
of £55.6m (2020: £51.6m), an 
increase of 7.7%.

Tax

The effective tax rate in 2021 
increased to 19.7% (2020: 19.1%), 
driven by an adjustment to deferred 
tax in relation to future UK 
corporation tax rate changes. 

Earnings Per Share

The basic earnings per share for the 
year are 38.29 pence (2020: 35.86 
pence) and the diluted earnings per 
share for the year are 38.19 pence 
(2020: 35.76 pence).

In order to compare earnings 
per share year-on-year, earnings 
have been adjusted to exclude 
amortisation and the UK statutory 
tax rates have been applied 
(disregarding other tax adjusting 
items). On this basis, normalised 
earnings per share for 2021 are 
39.70 pence per share, and for 
2020 were 36.72 pence per share, 
an increase of 8.1%; for further 
detail see note 9 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements on page 126.

56

Balance Sheet and  
Working Capital

We began 2021 with elevated 
levels of inventory as we sought 
to mitigate the impact of ongoing 
COVID-related disruption alongside 
the UK’s exit from the EU. Whilst 
we were able to navigate the latter 
with minimal disruption, supply 
chain uncertainty contributed to the 
decision to build inventory further 
in the first half of 2021, notably 
in the US. During the second half, 
we reduced inventory levels in 
the US as West Coast production 
ramped up and as we approached 
commissioning of an East Coast 
bottling line. As a result, year-end 
inventory levels were £36.2m, a 
reduction of £2.5m from 2020 
(2020: £38.7m). 

Trade and other receivables 
increased in line with revenue 
growth to £70.3m (2019: 
£56.0m). Our strong relationships, 
proactive engagement with 
customers and appropriate levels 
of credit insurance position us 
well to continue to manage the 
ongoing credit risk. However, we 
recognise that the current external 
environment contributes to an 
elevated level of credit risk and 
consequently increased our credit 
loss provision at year end to £3.1m 
(2020: £1.2m). The movement 
in trade and other receivables was 
partially offset by an increase in 
trade and other payables to £49.4m 
(2020: £42.4m). 

As a result of the above movements, 
there was only a marginal increase 
in working capital of £4.7m to 
£57.1m (2020: £52.4m) and 
therefore working capital improved 
to 18.3% of revenue (2020: 20.8%), 
which resulted in cash generated 
from operations of 91.7% of adjusted 
EBITDA (2020: 95.8%). 

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Financial Review

Capital Expenditure

Due to the structure of the Group’s 
business model, capital expenditure 
requirements remain low, with 
additions of £5.8m in the year 
(2020: £2.5m). The additions in the 
year included continued investment 
in reusable packaging in Germany, 
reflecting the growth in that market.

Cash Position

The Group continues to retain a 
strong cash position, with cash 
at year end increasing by 16% to 
£166.2m (2020: £143.1m). This 
platform provides a significant 
competitive advantage over many 
of our premium mixer competitors 
globally and has allowed the Group 
to remain focused on driving 
strategic progress over the last two 
years despite the disruptions caused 
by the pandemic.

The Group’s Capital Allocation 
framework remains unchanged.  
We intend to retain sufficient cash 
to allow for investment against the 
opportunity ahead and primarily 
foresee this investment taking the 
form of operational expenditure, 
including upweighted marketing 
spend across our growth regions 
at the appropriate stage, whilst 
we also intend to retain sufficient 
cash reserves to allow us to take 
advantage of opportunities to 
upweight and accelerate investment 
as they arise.

Whilst not a priority or essential 
component of the Group’s plans, we 
also remain vigilant with regards 
to M&A opportunities that would 
further assist with the delivery of 
our strategy, as demonstrated by 
the acquisition of GDP in 2020. 
Where the Board considers there to 
be surplus cash held on the Balance 
Sheet it will consider additional 
distribution to shareholders. 

Progress against these key indicators 
was closely monitored during the 
year. Due to the ongoing disruption 
caused by the pandemic during 
2021, targeted performance 
was adjusted accordingly as 
the year progressed. Group 
revenue growth was strong and 
ahead of expectations, whilst 
the gross margin and adjusted 
EBITDA margin were both down 
year-on-year and behind the 
Board’s expectations.

•  Revenue growth % 

–   Group revenue growth was 

+23.4% in 2021 (2020: -3.2%).

•  Gross margin % 

–   The Group achieved a gross 
margin of 42.1% in 2021 
(2020: 46.2%).

•  Adjusted EBITDA margin % 
–   The Group achieved an 

adjusted EBITDA margin of 
20.2% in 2021 (2020: 22.6%).

ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer

Dividend

The Group remains committed to a 
progressive dividend policy and as 
such, the Board is recommending 
a final dividend of 10.47 pence per 
share in respect of 2021 (2020: 
10.27 pence per share). If approved, 
this would bring the sum of the 
interim and final ordinary dividend 
in respect of 2021 to 15.99 pence per 
share (2020: 15.68 pence per share). 

In addition to this, reflecting the 
strong year end cash position, 
ongoing cash generation and 
confidence in the execution of 
the 2022 plan and beyond, the 
Board considers it appropriate to 
recommend a special dividend of 
42.90 pence per share. If approved, 
this would bring the total dividend 
for 2021 to 58.89 pence per share 
(2020: 15.68 pence per share).

If approved by shareholders at the 
AGM on 19 May 2022 the final 
dividend will be paid on 27 May 
2022 to shareholders on the register 
on 7 April 2022.

Performance Indicators

The Group monitors its performance 
through a number of key indicators. 
These are formulated at Board 
meetings and reviewed at both an 
operational and Board level. 

57

SECTION 172 AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

Under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 (“Section 172”), a Director is  
required to act in the way they consider, in good faith, would be most likely  
to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole.  
The following pages comprise our Section 172 statement, which describes how the 
Board have had regard to the matters in Section 172 in carrying out their duties  
over the course of 2021.

Board papers are prepared with Section 172 duties in 
mind and the Board’s consideration of their Section 
172 duties form a key basis for their decisions. During 
2021, we continued to identify seven key stakeholders 
as critical for the success of our future business; the 
interests of whom the Board considers and balances 
in making their decisions. 

We set out below the key priorities for each stakeholder 
group and the ways in which we engaged with them 
during the course of 2021. This list is not intended to 
be an exhaustive list of all stakeholder priorities and 
engagement activity, but to provide a summary that 
illustrates the importance stakeholder groups play in 
the Board’s decision making.

Workforce

Key priorities

•  Providing a safe, diverse and inclusive working environment with opportunities to develop and make an impact, that also 

allows an open dialogue for how the business can continue to innovate and improve.

Board engagement 

•  The Board’s engagement with our workforce includes formal and informal meetings. The ongoing use of remote working 
provided an ongoing opportunity for both the Board and the wider the global business to work together more closely and 
successfully than ever. Directors were also invited to attend a number of more informal company events where they had the 
opportunity to engage with the workforce. 

•  In addition, our Chief People Officer presented to the Board on the Group’s culture, including the results of workforce 

engagement surveys and positive feedback from employees on the Group’s response to the pandemic. 

•  Kevin Havelock, our designated Non-Executive Director for workforce engagement, met with employee groups in the UK 
and US throughout the year and provided feedback to the Board on team culture and alignment with Company values.

Impact on decision-making

•  During the year and informed by workforce engagement, the Board supported a number of initiatives to further enhance 

our desired culture and diversity including: 

 – the formation of a global D&I Committee;

 – an upgraded employee benefits package;

 – a continued apprenticeship scheme in the UK office; 

 – partnership with local community charities such as Key4Life and Future Frontiers to help young people into the 

workplace;

 – training 14 employees from cross-departmental areas as Mental Health First Aiders;

 – enabling global mobility opportunities for employees; and

 – a new approach to recruitment of talent through the introduction of the Fever-Tree Graduate Programme.

  Further information: 

 Sustainability Review / pages 36 to 53 
Remuneration Committee Report / pages 82 to 95

  Nomination Committee Report / pages 80 and 81 

58

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Section 172 and Stakeholder Engagement

Suppliers

Key priorities

•  Close engagement with the business to better understand demand.
•  Prompt and accurate payment for goods and services.
•  Developing mutually beneficial growth.

Board engagement 

•  Our outsourced business model and commitment to innovation rely on a network of strong and long-term supplier 

partnerships. The Board is updated on supply chain matters at every Board meeting, and also received presentations from the 
Group’s Chief Supply Chain Officer during the year. The Board are eager to meet with key supply chain partners in due course 
and once it is more readily achievable.

•  The pandemic continued to provide a formidable test for supply chains globally, with challenges to demand forecasting, 

material sourcing, production planning and logistics. The Group’s ability to react resiliently to changing circumstances and 
successfully mitigate disruption, working closely with its suppliers to ensure the health and safety of their workers, was a 
testament to the strength of its partnerships.

Impact on decision-making

•  The Board continued to endorse various measures used to react to the pandemic and mitigate its effects including:

 – weekly meetings with key suppliers to anticipate issues as early as possible and mitigate effects accordingly;

 – collaborative working between technical, innovation and supply chain to re-engineer raw materials or components, as  
well as trialling new product specifications to address shortages of particular commodities and/or raw materials; and

 – supporting key suppliers in their internal projects and adjusting ways of working accordingly, in order to preserve our 

long-term partnerships.

•  The Board also supported the commencement of production at our second US bottling plant to serve the East Coast, allowing 

the business to better service its growing US consumer base.

  Further information: 

  Business Model / pages 10 and 11 

  Sustainability Review / pages 36 to 53

International Distributors

Key priorities

•  Regular communication and strong partnerships.
•  Clear marketing plans and tailored branding support.
•  Joint investment to drive long-term growth.

Board engagement 

•  Outside of the UK, US and Germany, the Group operates through a network of international distributors. The Board is updated 
on international performance by the CEO at every Board meeting. In addition, the Board receives presentations from regional 
heads on strategic plans and performance in their market. The Company’s international brand guidelines and the tailoring of 
product innovations for specific markets have also been an important feature of Board discussions during the year.

Impact on decision-making

•  Each Board member regularly takes the opportunity at meetings to challenge international strategy and provide market 

insights based on their own local knowledge and experience. 

•  The Board endorsed further investment in the Company’s international teams during the year, and also supported a number 

of key initiatives including:

 – TV media campaign in Spain in May 2021;

 – launch of 750ml format in Germany; 

 – retail launch of Wild Berry Tonic Water in Northern Europe; and

 – continued investment in Category Management insight to support establishing mixer category across major European retailers.

  Further information: 

  Business Model / pages 10 and 11 

59

SECTION 172 AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT continued

Customers (On- and Off-Trade Partners)

Key priorities

•  Open and regular communication channels.
•  Support amidst a challenging economic environment.
•  Product innovation and availability.

Board engagement 

•  The Board receives regular updates from management on customer relationships, development and engagement. Regional 
heads also provide the Board with feedback on On-Trade and Off-Trade strategy and performance and in normal years the 
Board would conduct market visits which would include time spent with our customers and at outlets.

•  With the ability to hold face-to-face meetings during the year limited, the Fever-Tree team conducted a number of virtual 

drinks “masterclasses” with its customers during the year to showcase product innovations and record feedback.

Impact on decision-making

•  The Board were encouraging of a broad programme of support to our customers during the year including: 

 – the continued extension of payment terms for On-Trade partners during extended lockdowns;

 – continuing to provide On-Trade support once trade reopened following lockdowns (for example, through providing POS 

materials such as parasols for pub gardens to improve the outdoor drinking occasion); and

 – category executions in the Off-Trade such as Fever-Tree branded gin and tonic bays in Sainsbury’s and co-branded vodka 

and soda displays with one of our spirits partners.

  Further information: 

  Business Model / pages 10 and 11 

  Sustainability Review / pages 36 to 53

Consumers

Key priorities

•  Sourcing the finest ingredients to create the best quality drinks.
•  Innovations to cater for new and different occasions.
•  A responsible brand committed to producing products ethically and sustainably.

Board engagement 

•  Our Board are regularly informed of consumer needs, preferences and concerns and further building consumer brand 

awareness and household penetration has been a key theme of Board discussions during the year. 

•  The Group’s marketing strategy, product innovation programme and sustainability strategy formed the basis of stand-alone 
sessions with the Board, which included feedback from consumers and tracking studies and econometrics to evaluate the 
impact on our end consumer.

Impact on decision-making

•  Consumer considerations and feedback directly informed the Board’s support for a number of initiatives including: 

 – reacting to changing consumer demands with the launch of new flavours such as our Rhubarb & Raspberry Tonic Water 

(UK and Europe) and Distillers Cola (US); 

 – continuation of spirit partnerships across our major markets;

 – continuing to create engaging content for our consumers through our social media channels, whilst ensuring we 

remained relevant to different markets across shifting global lockdowns; 

 – continuing our national TV campaign in the UK and also rolling this out in Spain; 

 – overseeing the continuous roll out of our improved packaging graphics and brand visual identity across our markets; and 

 – communicating and championing our carbon neutral credentials in the UK and wider global ambitions in this space.

  Further information: 

  Our Strategy / pages 20 to 25 

  Sustainability Review / pages 36 to 53

60

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Section 172 and Stakeholder Engagement

Communities

Key priorities

•  A commitment to doing business in a way that is beneficial to both the environment and the wider community.
•  A socially responsible business that sources conscientiously and engages with local communities at every level of the supply 

chain.

Board engagement 

•  Our Social, Ethical and Environmental Business Policy is embedded in our partnerships and underpins our business model. 
•  Looking ahead, the Board is aligned on a focus on environmental objectives as a strategic priority and is encouraged by a 

number of exciting sustainability initiatives in development. 

Impact on decision-making

•  The Board considers the impact of Fever-Tree’s operations on the community and the environment in all its decision-

making. This included, for example, its development of US bottling capacity with the introduction of a new bottler in the 
US on the East Coast allowing the Company to produce closer to market, further reduce product miles travelled and react 
more quickly to consumer demand. 

•  The Board also continues to support the many community-led initiatives within the business including:

 – a continued partnership with charity Future Frontiers which connects young people from disadvantaged backgrounds 

with mentors from our UK business;

 – a new charity partnership with Key4Life which aims to help reduce youth reoffending through the delivery of a 

rehabilitation programme, including offering work placements at our London HQ;

 – planting London’s first Tiny Forest in Hammersmith Park, just 1 mile from our London office, working with local 

community members to bring nature back into the city;

 – product donations to local volunteers including to St John’s ambulance staff at the 2021 London Marathon; and

 – continuation of our long-standing partnership with Malaria No More, including through a donation via every mixed 

drink purchased at the Fever-Tree pop-up bar in Covent Garden in central London which was in place from June through 
October 2021.

  Further information: 

  Business Model / pages 10 and 11 

  Sustainability Review / pages 36 to 53

Investors

Key priorities

•  Clear communication of short-term trading and long-term strategy to outline the delivery of sustainable and profitable 

growth (via three trading updates and two full results presentations; full year/interims).

•  Regular engagement and consultation with investors throughout the year.
•  Consistent engagement with sell-side analysts, including consensus management to ensure expectations are in line with 

internal estimates.

Board engagement 

•  The Group maintains communication with institutional investors through individual meetings with Executive Directors, 

particularly following publication of the Group’s interim and full year results.

•  The Group’s Investor Relations Director shares shareholder feedback with the Board regularly, with investor relations 

activity a standing item on the Board’s agenda for each of its meetings.

•  The Executive Directors are sent monthly Investor Relations summaries of share price movement, share register changes 

(significant buyers/ sellers), sell-side views and consensus management.

Impact on decision-making

•  The Remuneration Committee Chair consulted shareholders on proposals for a new remuneration policy, including the 
introduction of a sustainability element to annual bonus and an LTIP plan that supports international revenue growth.  
The new structure was voted in favour by investors at the AGM during 2021.

  Further information: 

 Our Strategy / pages 20 to 25 
Audit Committee Report / pages 76 to 79 

Corporate Governance Statement / pages 72 to 75 
Remuneration Committee Report / pages 82 to 95

61

 
 
 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

MANAGING RISK

“We recognise that maximising our potential and growth 
opportunities in accordance with our strategy requires  
a robust and effective risk management framework.  
Our approach to managing risk is simple and practical.”

The Audit Committee, under 
delegated authority from the Board, 
oversees our internal controls 
and risk management framework, 
including reviewing the controls 
in place to mitigate any potential 
adverse impacts. The Board is 
ultimately responsible for facilitating 
the effective identification, 
evaluation, management and 
mitigation of risks for the Group.

Each functional area of the Group is 
tasked with monitoring emerging or 
changing risks in their field with risk 
and mitigation owners appointed. 
This includes the formation of sub-
Committees for particular areas of 
risk, that meet through the year to 
monitor trends and challenge the 
impact of mitigation efforts relating 
to that risk. The output of these 
processes is subject to periodic 
review with the Executive Directors 
and reported back to the Audit 
Committee and Board. 

In addition, the Board receives 
presentations from different 
departments within the Group 
on an ongoing basis to keep the 
Board informed on strategic and 
operational performance and the 
controls in place to mitigate risks 
faced by the Group. We aim to 
hold at least one such presentation 
at each Board meeting with 
contributions from Regional 
Heads and Strategy, Supply 
Chain, Technical, HR, Marketing, 
Sustainability, Legal and Finance 
teams during the year. 

When we look at risks, we 
specifically consider the effects they 
could have on our business model, 
our culture and our long-term 
strategic objectives. We consider 
both short-term and long-term 
risks, as well as environmental, 
social and governance risks. Each 
risk is independently quantified 
against set criteria, considering 
both the likelihood of occurrence 
and the potential impact on the 
Group both before and after the 
application of controls. We promote 
the use of the results to identify 
specific actions and mitigation 
measures, and the implementation 
of these in operations by each  
of our Group companies. 

These assessments are recorded 
in a Group Key Risk Register, 
approved and maintained by the 
Audit Committee, formed of our 
most significant risks from across 
the entire business. This register is 
then finally reviewed, challenged 
and then ratified by the Board on a 
bi-annual basis.

An overview of the principal risks 
facing Fever-Tree is summarised 
on the following page. The Board’s 
assessment of the long-term viability 
of the Group is also reviewed 
annually and more detail on this can 
be found in the Audit Committee 
Report on pages 76 to 79.

Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties

The Board sets out below the 
principal risks and uncertainties 
that the Directors consider could 
impact the business. This list is not 
intended to be an exhaustive list of 
all the risks faced by the business. 
The Board recognises that the 
nature and scope of risks can change 
and that there are other risks to 
which the Group is exposed.

62

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Principal Risks and Uncertainties

COVID-19 

Description of risk

Impact of risk

Actions to mitigate risk

The disruption created by the 
pandemic, and the ongoing 
emergence of new variants, 
continues to directly impact 
our workforce, supply chain, 
suppliers, customers and 
consumers, with the further 
potential for longer standing 
macro-economic effects that 
could continue to impact 
the global economy in 2022 
and beyond. 

Government policies of social 
distancing, restrictions and lock-
downs can have an immediate 
and pronounced effect on 
the Group’s trading in its key 
geographic markets where 
introduced. Whilst sales in the 
Off-Trade channel have been 
less affected to date, the impact 
has been felt most keenly in 
the On-Trade channel, where 
lockdowns, opening restrictions 
on outlets and staff absences 
have led to severe slowdowns in 
trading during certain periods. 
There is heightened credit risk 
as customers and importers are 
put under increasing financial 
pressure. Furthermore, the 
Group’s supply chain is placed 
at risk of disruption as our 
suppliers, production and 
logistics partners come under 
increasing operational and 
financial pressure, particularly 
if the situation continues for a 
further prolonged period. 

In the medium term, it is possible 
that financial pressures will 
result in some On-Trade outlets 
either not reopening or closing 
permanently following any periods 
of restrictions. Any reduction in 
On-Trade outlets as a result of 
closures could have an ongoing 
impact on the Group’s trading. 
It is also possible that recurring 
emergence of new strains of the 
pandemic will contribute to a 
prolonged worsening of economic 
conditions in the Group’s key 
geographic markets, which 
could result in further input 
cost inflation, and a reduction 
in consumer confidence and 
spending. Reduced consumer 
confidence and spending could 
lead to reduced demand for 
products and limitations on the 
Group’s ability to increase or 
maintain the prices of its products. 

The Group is a global business with revenue 
diversified across regions, channels and customers 
and as such is not reliant on one region, channel 
or major customer. Alongside this, the Group is in 
a very strong financial position. We are debt-free, 
with year-end cash increasing to £166.2m. Our 
strong underlying cash flow conversion, our low 
level of capital commitments and low fixed cost base 
means that we are in a robust position to continue to 
withstand any ongoing impacts of the pandemic.

A dedicated cross-departmental Committee was 
convened early in the crisis, and continues to meet 
weekly, actively monitoring the changing situation 
with regards to the pandemic and is able to agree 
and rapidly deploy mitigating actions as and when 
developments occur.

The On-Trade channel, which prior to the pandemic 
made up c.45% of Group sales, has been challenged 
across many of our regions over the last two years. 
We remain in close contact with our On-Trade 
customers, all of whom have been affected and some 
of whom have been severely impacted by the crisis. 
Our focus has been on offering support during 
periods of restrictions, both through extending 
payment terms to help ease cash flow pressure and 
providing support as re-openings occur.

The Group’s unique asset-light, outsourced business 
model imparts the flexibility to adapt to the 
challenges presented by these unprecedented times. 
We continue to work very closely with our bottling 
and canning partners across the UK, Europe and 
the US as they have enacted their own business 
contingency plans during waves of high infection 
rates. To date, our key bottlers and canners have 
continued to operate throughout the crisis with 
strong working practices, testing regimes and 
segregated shift patterns where necessary and as a 
result we have not suffered any notable disruption 
to supply. 

Our operating model means we have a relatively 
well contained supply chain process with a limited 
number of well-established suppliers which provides 
comfort as to the security of our major sources of 
ingredients, raw materials and packaging. Whilst 
certain ingredients cannot be held on-site for long 
periods ahead of production, as a matter of course 
we hold healthy contingency stock levels of all other 
key raw materials and took steps early on in the 
crisis to increase these further and continue to retain 
elevated stockholdings. 

KEY:
↑ Higher  ↓ Lower  

 No change

63

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES continued

Political and Economic Environment 

Description of risk

Impact of risk

Actions to mitigate risk

The combination of 
COVID-19, the UK’s exit 
from the EU in 2020 and the 
current instability in Ukraine 
has heightened the risk of 
a worsening of economic 
conditions in the Group’s key 
geographic markets.

A worsening of economic 
conditions could lead to 
further input cost inflation, 
and reduced consumer 
confidence and spending 
which could impact demand 
for products and limitations 
on the Group’s ability to 
increase or maintain the 
prices of its products in its 
key markets.

In the UK, the Group is at 
a more mature phase and 
as a market leader may be 
more exposed to downturns 
in consumer confidence 
than it was during phases of 
accelerated growth and rapid 
gains in market share. 

The position of the Group’s products as an affordable 
luxury alongside its diverse customer, channel and 
regional mix would be expected to mitigate the impact 
at Group level of worsening economic conditions on 
consumer demand in specific markets. In the US, one 
of the Group’s key growth markets, a successful price 
optimisation during 2022 would also help to mitigate 
the potential impact of reduced consumer spending.

During the financial crisis in 2008, the Group’s trend of 
strong growth continued, giving the Group confidence 
in its ability to grow even in periods of economic 
downturn. However, we are also mindful that the Group 
is at a more mature phase in the UK and so remains 
vigilant as to the potential impact that worsening 
economic conditions could have on trading within 
certain markets, particularly those in which the Group 
has already achieved strong market share.

Competition 

Description of risk

Impact of risk

Actions to mitigate risk

Increased competition and 
unanticipated actions by 
competitors could lead to a 
decline in the Group’s market 
share or pressure on pricing 
and marketing spend, which 
may have an adverse effect on 
the Group’s profitability and 
hinder its growth potential. 

The Group has consistently faced strong, robust 
competition over its lifetime, from both large 
multinationals and more focused, copycat local brands, 
and despite this has successfully built market share 
in every region in which it operates. The Group’s key 
strengths, including first mover advantage, product 
and innovation quality, brand strength and diverse 
territorial, channel and customer mix all combine to 
mitigate the risk that increased competition will affect 
overall Group performance. The Group’s entrepreneurial 
culture and exceptional track record of innovation and 
category leadership, alongside the strength of its team 
and increasing levels of investment available to deploy, 
also continue to strengthen its ability to defend and 
react to competitor actions.

In 2021 we have seen further evidence of the Group’s 
ability to defend and grow market share against its 
premium mixer competition, with consumer preference 
in the premium segment remaining with Fever-Tree. 
We remain in a market-leading position in the UK and 
have driven category growth and increased market share 
across all of our key markets in North America, Europe 
and Australasia. 

The Group continues to 
face competition from other 
beverage companies in the 
mixer category. This could 
intensify in the Group’s 
core markets through other 
companies further increasing 
focus and investment in their 
existing brands, introducing 
their own brands or acquiring 
local brands. 

In the UK, the Group’s 
priority is to continue to 
grow in the face of aggressive 
pricing policies and 
marketing strategies from its 
competitors, who are focused 
on taking share from the 
brand. Outside of the UK, the 
Group’s emphasis remains on 
continuing to drive category 
growth and increased market 
share by building brand 
and category awareness and 
further catalysing the long-
standing consumer trends 
towards premiumisation and 
long mixed drinks.

KEY:
↑ Higher  ↓ Lower  

 No change

64

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 
STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Supply Chain Risks

I.  Disruption to Outsourced Production and Logistics 

Description of risk

Impact of risk

Actions to mitigate risk

In the event of such 
disruption the Group may 
not be able to arrange 
for alternative supply, 
production, storage or 
distribution on as favourable 
terms, or with sufficient  
speed to ensure continuity  
of business.

The Group operates an asset-
light, outsourced business 
model, working with third 
party bottlers, canners, 
logistics and distribution 
partners. In addition, the 
Group is dependent on the 
supply of a number of key 
ingredients for its products, 
such as quinine and fresh 
green ginger, for which there 
are a limited number of 
suppliers.

The Group could be affected 
if there were a significant 
disruption to any of the 
Group’s key raw material 
suppliers, production, storage 
or distribution partners. 

The Group continues to increase its footprint of 
outsourced production, with increasing redundancy 
to absorb any potential disruption to its production 
sites. It now manufactures with eight different partners 
across the UK, Europe and US. In addition, the Group’s 
principal UK bottling partner manufactures the Group’s 
products across four bottling lines located in four 
distinct buildings across two separate sites. The Group 
now bottles its products at two sites in the US, with 
West Coast bottling well established and East Coast 
bottling ramping up in the first quarter of 2022, further 
increasing the capacity and degree of resilience to 
disruption of the Group’s bottling footprint.

In respect of key ingredients, the Group requests, where 
appropriate, that its suppliers hold contingency stock, 
and alongside this the Group maintains elevated levels 
of stock of these key ingredients to allow sufficient 
buffer for continued production should there be a 
period of disruption in supply. In 2020, due to the 
combined impacts of the pandemic and uncertainty as 
to the terms of the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, the 
Group further increased contingency stock levels of 
these key ingredients and it has retained these elevated 
levels in 2021 in light of the continued impact of 
COVID-19 variants.

To further mitigate risk, alongside holding appropriate 
insurance cover, the Group maintains, tests and updates 
a thorough business continuity plan which monitors 
and seeks to continually improve the redundancy of 
supply and reduce lead times in the event of disruption 
in all aspects of the outsourced business model. This 
includes an evaluation of key suppliers’ own business 
continuity plans.

II.  Inconsistent Quality or Contamination of the Group’s Products 

Description of risk

Impact of risk

Actions to mitigate risk

The quality of the Group’s 
products is a key component 
of Fever-Tree’s brand strength. 
The Group’s products are 
produced by a network of 
outsourced production partners 
based around the world, and 
the products include key 
ingredients sourced from 
multiple partners. The network 
of different bottling partners 
and ingredients suppliers must 
combine to consistently deliver 
products of the highest quality 
which are safe for consumption 
by Fever-Tree’s consumers.

A lack of consistency in 
the quality of products or 
contamination of the Group’s 
products, whether occurring 
accidentally or through 
deliberate third party action, 
could harm the integrity of, 
or consumer support for, the 
brand. A significant product 
liability issue or a widespread 
product recall could negatively 
impact the reputation of the 
affected product and/or the 
Group’s brand for a period of 
time depending on product 
availability, competitive reaction 
and consumer attitudes.

The Group employs an experienced Technical and Quality 
Director who is supported by a Technical team that 
we have continued to invest behind and grow during 
2021. Together, they work closely with key ingredient 
and packaging suppliers alongside our production and 
logistics partners to ensure appropriate systems and 
controls are in place to minimise the risk of quality or 
contamination issues. 

This begins with a rigorous due diligence process to 
evaluate the quality controls of any new manufacturers and 
suppliers that are onboarded, alongside scheduled ongoing 
periodic audits with established suppliers and production 
partners. The Group also partakes in regular mock product 
recall exercises, including periodically a more involved 
case study facilitated by an independent third party to 
test the robustness of its systems and identify areas for 
further improvement.

65

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES continued

Supply Chain Risks continued

III.  Environmental 

Description of risk

Impact of risk

Actions to mitigate risk

A shortage of ingredients due 
to a poor annual harvest or 
further supply constraints 
resulting from climate 
changes over time could 
impact our ability to produce 
and sell our products. 
Regulatory or consumer 
perception shifts could have 
a marked impact on our sales 
and marketing, operations 
and packaging in future years, 
and/or require incremental 
future investment to comply 
with, and meet them, 
respectively.

Climate change, including 
both short-term (e.g. an 
increased frequency of 
extreme weather events), and 
longer-term trends, presents 
a risk to the Group’s ability 
to source ingredients from 
around the world, as well 
as potentially impacting 
our ability to produce and 
sell our products. As well 
as any physical impacts, 
Governments may seek to 
introduce new regulations 
in this area to accelerate 
the transition to a low-
carbon economy. Alongside 
this, as the Group scales, 
we are mindful of the 
impact our own operations 
may increasingly have on 
the wider environment. 
Failure to identify areas for 
improvement and/or current 
risks in our supply chain 
could have a negative impact 
on the environment, the 
Group’s ability to function 
efficiently and also impact the 
brand’s public perception. 

The Group has continued to upweight its focus on 
sustainability and environmental issues during 2021 as 
we work against the initiatives set out within our ESG 
framework. 

We have set science-based emissions reduction targets 
through the Science Based Target Initiative and are 
working towards an emission reduction roadmap across 
scopes 1, 2 and 3. In the near term we are taking steps 
to compensate for our emissions, investing in high-
quality, verified, nature-based projects in regions where 
we source our key ingredients and as such were proud 
to announce that from 2021 onwards all Fever-Tree 
products sold in the UK will be carbon neutral, the first 
mixer brand to achieve that status. We are committed to 
achieving carbon neutrality globally by 2025.

This year we worked with the Carbon Trust to carry 
out a cradle-to-grave life cycle analysis across our 
entire range of mixers. All our packaging is 100% 
recyclable and a proportion of each glass bottle and 
aluminium can is made from recycled materials. The 
Group has never sold its products in plastic PET 
bottles. Alongside working within the reusable glass 
system in Germany, the Group is also engaged with 
the implementation of the Deposit Return Scheme in 
Scotland in 2023. In addition, the Group continues 
to increase the international footprint of its bottling 
network, onboarding a bottling line on the East Coast of 
the US, which further shortens our route to market and 
reduces our carbon footprint. Our business contingency 
planning includes alternative scenarios for sourcing key 
raw materials in case of supply constraints (including 
linked to climate change).

IV.  Social and Ethical 

Description of risk

Impact of risk

Actions to mitigate risk

The Group and components 
of its supply chain operate in 
certain international markets 
which may have inherent 
risks relating to enforcement 
of obligations, cultural 
differences, security of staff, 
lawful working conditions, 
fraud, bribery and corruption. 

There is increased focus on 
these issues from regulators, 
consumers and investors and 
any form of non-compliance 
in this area could have a 
significant negative impact 
on the brand, as well as the 
Group’s operations.

The Group’s Social, Ethical and Environmental Business 
Policy is embedded into its relationships with all 
suppliers, distributors and partners, seeking to ensure 
that the Group’s partners behave with respect to human 
rights and the environment. This includes compliance 
with the terms of the ETI code, the Bribery Act and 
the Modern Slavery Act. The Technical team conducts 
regular audits, site visits and traceability exercises on our 
suppliers to monitor compliance with these standards 
and identify potential issues. The Group is investing in 
additional dedicated resource in this area in 2022, as our 
business continues to grow.

The Group has confidence in its long-standing 
relationships with trusted suppliers of its key 
ingredients. Any new supplier identified to source 
raw materials goes through a robust formal approval 
and audit process to ensure their standards and 
certifications match our expectations. 

66

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021STRATEGIC REPORT  |  Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Key Management 

Description of risk

Impact of risk

Actions to mitigate risk

The loss from the Group of 
a member of the Executive 
management team could have 
an adverse effect on operations. 

The Group’s Remuneration Policy is designed to attract, 
retain and motivate key management and includes a long-
term incentive scheme and performance-related pay.

The Group’s success is linked 
to the efforts and abilities of 
key personnel and its ability 
to retain such personnel. 
The Executive management 
team, which includes one of 
the founders of the business, 
has significant experience in 
the industry and has made an 
important contribution to the 
Group’s growth and success. 

IT 

Description of risk

Impact of risk

Actions to mitigate risk

If the Group, or any of its 
significant stakeholders or 
partners, were subject to a 
cyber-attack or other issue 
impacting the ability for its IT 
systems to effectively operate, 
this could have a material 
adverse effect on the Group’s 
operations.

The Group uses information 
technology systems for the 
processing, transmission and 
storage of electronic data 
relating to its operations 
and financial reporting. 
A significant portion of 
communications among the 
Group’s personnel, customers 
and suppliers relies on the 
efficient performance of 
information technology 
systems. Owing to its 
outsourced model, the Group 
is also reliant on the proper 
functioning of IT systems 
at its major suppliers. The 
Group acknowledges that the 
incidence and sophistication 
of cyber-attacks across the 
industry has increased notably 
in the past 12 months.

The Group recruited a Technology Director in 2021, 
who works alongside the IT Manager to develop, 
test, maintain, and improve the security of our IT 
infrastructure. The Group also established an IT Security 
Committee this year, which meets regularly to monitor 
potential threats and take mitigating actions. 

Penetration testing and vulnerability assessments were 
completed in July 2021, and showed the Group has a good 
level of protection and controls in place to avoid exposure 
to known threats. A continual improvement programme 
of work is in progress to address key risks, including the 
implementation of an externally managed security services 
provider, updates to employee and IT policies, and the 
implementation of a rolling security training programme 
to improve employee vigilance to security risk.

The Group has engaged with key suppliers to better 
understand the robustness of their IT environments 
and risks associated with any planned maintenance 
of or changes to those environments. The Group also 
has Cyber and Crime insurance policies in place which 
mitigate its financial exposure to these risks. The Group 
obtained Cyber insurance during 2021 with a third party 
extension for certain key suppliers, to further mitigate 
the potential impact of this risk.

KEY:
↑ Higher  ↓ Lower  

 No change

67

 
As required by the FRC’s UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the 
Board has assessed the Group’s 
prospects and viability over a three-
year period to 31 December 2024. 
A three-year assessment period was 
selected as it corresponds with the 
Board’s normal strategic planning 
horizon, as well as the period over 
which senior management are 
remunerated via long-term incentive 
plans. The three-year period 
balances the long-term nature 
of investments in the beverages 
industry with an assessment of 
the viability of the key drivers of 
near-term business performance, as 
well as external factors impacting 
our business. 

In making this assessment, the 
Board took account of the Group’s 
current financial position, annual 
budget, three-year plan, forecasts, 
and sensitivity testing on the 
performance of the business over 
the medium term. The Board also 
considered several other factors, 
including the Group’s operational 
business model, its risk management 
and internal control effectiveness 
and whether the principal risks and 
uncertainties, alone or combined, 
would be likely to impact the 
Group’s viability during the three-
year period under consideration. 

The Board also considered the 
ongoing impact of the pandemic  
on the Group’s prospects within 
the scenarios modelled. Even 
though the Group has a strong 
balance sheet, with no debt and 
a significant cash balance, the 
pandemic has the potential to 
continue to impact over the three-
year period of consideration. 

VIABILITY STATEMENT 

Therefore, the Board applied three 
scenarios:

•  The impact of future waves 
of COVID-19 during 2022, 
resulting in restrictions and 
closures across the On-Trade 
channel.

•  A significant business 

interruption issue, resulting from 
a disruption in availability of a 
key ingredient due to an extreme 
weather event.

•  The potential for continued 
significant inflationary cost 
increases alongside increased 
pricing pressure.

Against these highly conservative, 
prudent scenarios, and before 
considering the opportunity for 
mitigating actions such as the 
utilisation of existing redundancy 
in our production model, or making 
reductions in variable operating 
expenditure, the forecasts for the 
period to December 2024 indicate 
that the Group would continue to 
hold significant cash balances. 

Based on this assessment, 
notwithstanding the remaining 
level of uncertainty related to 
the re-emergence of COVID-19 
variants, the Board has a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will 
continue to operate and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due during the 
period to 31 December 2024. 

This Strategic Report was 
approved on behalf of the  
Board on 15 March 2022

ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer

68

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021GOVERNANCE

70  Board of Directors

72  Corporate Governance Statement

76  Audit Committee Report

80  Nomination Committee Report

82  Remuneration Committee Report

96  Directors’ Report

98  Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

69

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Bill Ronald (66)
Chairman

Tim Warrillow (47)
Co-founder and Chief Executive Officer

D

N

D

Bill Ronald has been the Chairman of the Group since 
the business listed in November 2014. Bill has a sales and 
marketing background, having spent 23 years in a variety 
of roles at Mars, including Managing Director of the 
UK confectionery operation. Since leaving Mars, he has 
been Chief Executive Officer of Uniq and has held non-
executive roles in Bezier, Halfords, Alfesca, Dialight, the 
Compleat Food Group and Fox International.

Tim has been the CEO of the Group since 2014. Tim has a 
business management degree from Newcastle University, 
specialising in food marketing. During university he 
started his first business, a waitering agency. In 1998 he 
joined a London-based advertising and branding agency. 
Subsequently, he launched the Business Development 
Consultancy which included identifying opportunities in 
the premium food and drink sector. It was in this role that 
he made contact with Charles Rolls, which resulted in the 
co-founding of Fever-Tree in 2004.

Andrew Branchflower (42)
Chief Financial Officer

Coline McConville (57)
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

D

A

N

R

Andrew joined the Group in September 2012 and joined 
the Board on 16 October 2014. Andrew is a graduate of 
Cambridge University, where he studied natural sciences, 
and qualified as an ACA in 2007. He worked for a 
boutique firm specialising in start-ups and fast-growing 
businesses and prior to joining the Group, was Head of 
Finance at the Design Council. Andrew joined the Group 
in September 2012, in the run-up to the investment in the 
Group by Lloyds Development Capital and was appointed 
Finance Director in September 2013.

Coline joined the Group as a Non-Executive Director 
on 7 November 2014 and is Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee. Coline studied law at the University of New 
South Wales and holds an MBA from Harvard (Baker 
Scholar). She has previously worked for McKinsey and 
for Clear Channel as CEO of the International division 
and was Chairman of the Remuneration Committee at 
Inchcape plc for five years. Coline currently serves as a 
Non-Executive Director and Remuneration Committee 
Chair for both 3i Group plc and Travis Perkins plc. She is 
also on the German Supervisory Board of TUI AG, since 
its merger with TUI Travel plc. Coline was Remuneration 
Committee Chair at TUI Travel plc for three years.

KEY

A

D

Member of the Audit Committee

Member of the Disclosure Committee

N

R

Member of the Nomination Committee

Member of the Remuneration Committee

Chair of Committee

70

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONGOVERNANCE  |  Board of Directors

Domenic De Lorenzo (57) 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Jeff Popkin (57) 
Independent Non-Executive Director

A

D

N

R

A

N

Domenic joined the Group as a Non-Executive Director 
on 17 May 2018 and is Chair of the Audit Committee. 
Domenic is a qualified chartered accountant and brings 
with him a wealth of management experience in the 
beverages and consumer goods sector having spent 
20 years at SABMiller, the former FTSE 100 beverage 
company, focusing on strategy and corporate development 
before reaching the position of Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Board Director. Domenic is a Non-Executive 
Director of Asahi Breweries Europe Group and is a senior 
consultant to Asahi Group Holdings.

Jeff joined the Group as a Non-Executive Director on 
11 January 2018. Jeff has significant experience across 
the North American beverage industry, gathered over 
almost 30 years, with particular expertise in sales and 
distribution in the US. His experience spans the beer, 
spirits, premium non-alcoholic carbonated soft drink 
and health & wellness beverage categories for a range of 
global brands. His leadership roles have included CEO  
of Red Bull Distribution, North America, President of 
Vita Coco and most recently as North American CEO   
of Mast-Jägermeister.

Kevin Havelock (64) 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Laura Hagan (49) 
Independent Non-Executive Director

A

N

R

A

N

R

Laura joined the Group as a Non-Executive Director 
on 20 May 2021. Laura is currently Chief Human 
Resource Officer at Tate & Lyle PLC. With over 20 years 
of experience in HR, Laura has held senior positions 
at Dyson Limited, including Group HR Director, along 
with leading roles in global talent, resourcing and 
organisational development. Earlier in her career she 
worked as a management consultant for Arthur Andersen.

Kevin joined the Group as a Non-Executive Director 
on 11 January 2018. Kevin has more than 25 years’ 
drinks industry experience and was Global President 
of Refreshment at Unilever from 2011 until the end of 
2017, responsible for the Group’s €10bn revenue global 
beverages and ice cream business. Kevin held a wealth of 
senior leadership positions for Unilever around the world, 
including Chairman for Unilever UK, Unilever France 
and Unilever Arabia as well as President, Unilever North 
America. He was a Unilever Executive Committee member, 
sat on the Group’s Sustainability Board and was co-Chair 
of the Pepsi/Lipton tea joint venture. Kevin is a Trustee of 
the Eden Project and sits on the board of The All-England 
Lawn Tennis Club and Championships. Kevin was a Non-
Executive Director of Morrisons Plc from February 2018 
until it was taken private in October 2021. Kevin is also the 
Group’s designated Non-Executive Director responsible for 
engaging with employees and ensuring that the employee 
voice is represented in the boardroom.

71

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

AN INTRODUCTION FROM OUR CHAIRMAN

“Our Board recognises the important role a robust 
governance framework plays in the successful  
delivery of our long-term strategy.”

BILL RONALD
Chairman

I am pleased to present this year’s Corporate  
Governance Report.

Our Board recognises the important 
role a robust governance framework 
plays in the successful delivery of 
our long-term strategy. Although 
drafted with larger, main market 
listed companies in mind, the Group 
has adopted the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the “Code”). 
The Code is available to view on 
the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website. The Group has complied 
with all of the provisions set out in 
the Code during the year, subject to 
the limited exceptions detailed and 
explained on page 75 (Chairman 
Independence – Provision 9) and 
page 84 (Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy – Shareholding Guidelines 
– Provision 36). A key focus of 
the Code is the requirement for 
detailed expositions on stakeholder 
engagement and how the Directors 
have had consideration to and 
applied their duties under s.172 
of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
statements on these topics are 
detailed on pages 58 to 61.

This year we welcomed Laura 
Hagan to the Board following the 
Company’s 2021 AGM and have 
quickly felt the benefit of her 
experience and input. Otherwise,  
the Board’s composition has 
remained unchanged. 

72

Leadership

Role of the Board

The Board is responsible to the 
shareholders and sets the Group’s 
strategy for achieving long-term 
success in accordance with our 
purpose and values. The Board 
is also ultimately responsible for 
establishing the Group’s governance 
structure, the effectiveness of internal 
controls, risk management, and the 
direction of the Group in accordance 
with our purpose and values to help 
deliver our strategy. We look to 
provide the framework for our Group 
companies to follow these principles 
and provide guidance at Group level 
on measures to implement them.

The day-to-day responsibilities for 
the running of each of our Group 
companies is delegated to the 
executive and senior management. 
However, there are a number of 
matters where, because of their 
importance to the Group, it is 
considered appropriate to have 
enhanced oversight from the 
Board. The Board therefore has 
a documented formal schedule of 
matters reserved for its approval, 
which is reviewed annually. 

BILL RONALD
Chairman

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONGOVERNANCE  |  Corporate Governance Statement

This includes matters relating to:

Non-Executive Directors and SID

Audit Committee

•  The Group’s strategic aims and 

objectives.

•  The structure and capital of the 

Group.

•  Financial reporting, financial 

controls and dividend policy.

• 

Internal controls, risk and the 
Group’s risk appetite.

•  The approval of unusual and/or 
significant capital expenditures 
or disposals.

•  Effective communication with 

shareholders.

•  Any changes to Board 

membership or structure.

The Board understands the 
importance of the Group’s 
governance framework to ensure 
it effectively challenges strategy, 
performance, responsibility and 
accountability to ensure that every 
decision we make is of the highest 
quality. All of its decisions are 
discussed within the context of 
the risks involved. Effective risk 
management is central to achieving 
our strategic objectives and further 
details of the Group’s internal 
processes are set out on pages 62 
to 67.

Division of Responsibilities
Chairman and CEO

The Chairman is responsible 
for leadership of the Board and 
ensuring its effectiveness in all 
aspects of its role. The Chief 
Executive Officer is responsible 
for delivering the strategy and 
commercial objectives agreed by the 
Board. There is a clear division of 
responsibility between the Chairman 
and the CEO to ensure that there 
is a balance of power and authority 
between leadership of the Board 
and executive leadership. 

The Chairman promotes a 
culture of openness and debate 
by facilitating the effective 
contribution of Non-Executive 
Directors, as well as maintaining 
good working relationships between 
all Directors, with Non-Executive 
Directors communicating directly 
with Executive Directors and 
senior management between formal 
Board meetings.

Coline McConville is the Senior 
Independent Director (SID). She 
provides a sounding board for 
the Chairman and serves as an 
intermediary for the other Directors 
when necessary. As the SID, Coline 
is available to shareholders, as 
may be appropriate in certain 
circumstances. Coline meets the 
other Non-Executive Directors 
at least annually to appraise the 
Chairman’s performance, providing 
feedback as appropriate.

Role of Committees

The Board has delegated specific 
responsibilities to the Audit, 
Remuneration, Nomination 
and Disclosure Committees, 
details of which are set out 
below. Each Committee has 
written terms of reference setting 
out its duties, authority and 
reporting responsibilities. Copies 
of the terms of reference for each 
Committee are available on the 
Company’s website or on request 
from the Company Secretary.  
The terms of reference of each 
Committee have been reviewed 
by the Board during the year and 
it is intended that these will be 
kept under continuous review to 
ensure they remain appropriate and 
reflect any changes in legislation, 
regulation or best practice. The 
Company Secretary, Alex O’Connell, 
is the secretary of each Committee.

The Audit Committee is chaired 
by Domenic De Lorenzo and its 
other members during the year 
were Coline McConville, Kevin 
Havelock. Laura Hagan (from 
her appointment in May 2021) 
and Jeff Popkin. All members are 
independent. The Audit Committee 
has primary responsibility for 
assisting the Board in the fulfilment 
of its obligations regarding the 
monitoring of the effectiveness of 
the Group’s risk management and 
internal control system; reviewing 
the integrity of the Group’s interim 
and full year financial statements 
and reporting; and assessing the 
scope, resources, performance, 
effectiveness and independence of 
the external Auditors. It receives and 
reviews reports from the Group’s 
management and Auditor relating 
to the annual accounts and the 
accounting internal control systems 
in use throughout the Group. The 
Audit Committee meets at least twice 
a year and has unrestricted access to 
the Group’s Auditor. The Chairman, 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer attend the 
Committee meetings by invitation. 
In addition to its formal meeting 
schedule, the Audit Committee 
also holds separate dedicated Risk 
sessions, to review the Risk Register, 
challenge mitigating actions and 
assess changes in risk profile, with 
deep dive presentations on certain 
key risks from relevant departments 
in the business. 

The Audit Committee Report 
on pages 76 to 79 contains more 
detailed information on the 
Committee’s role.

73

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT continued

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee is 
chaired by Coline McConville. Its 
other members during the year 
were Kevin Havelock, Laura Hagan 
(from her appointment in May 
2021) and Domenic De Lorenzo. 
Coline, Kevin, Laura and Domenic 
are independent. The Remuneration 
Committee reviews the performance 
of the Executive Directors and 
makes recommendations to the 
Board on matters relating to 
their remuneration and terms of 
employment. The Remuneration 
Committee also makes 
recommendations to the Board 
on proposals for the granting of 
share options and other equity 
incentives pursuant to any share 
option scheme or equity incentive 
scheme in operation from time to 
time. The remuneration and terms 
and conditions of appointment 
of the Non-Executive Directors 
of the Group is set by the Board. 
The Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer are invited 
to attend for some parts of the 
Committee meetings where their 
input is required although they 
do not take part in any discussion 
on their own benefits and 
remuneration.

The Remuneration Committee 
Report on pages 82 to 95 contains 
more detailed information on the 
Committee’s role and the Directors’ 
remuneration and fees.

Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee is 
chaired by Bill Ronald. Its other 
members are Coline McConville, 
Kevin Havelock, Jeff Popkin, Laura 
Hagan (from her appointment 
in May 2021) and Domenic 
De Lorenzo. The Nomination 
Committee is responsible for 
reviewing the structure, size 
and composition (including the 
skills, knowledge, experience and 
diversity) of the Board and making 
recommendations to the Board with 
regard to any changes. 

The Nomination Committee Report 
on pages 80 and 81 contains 
more detailed information on the 
Committee’s activity during the year.

Disclosure Committee

The Disclosure Committee is 
chaired by Bill Ronald and its 
other members are Tim Warrillow, 
Andrew Branchflower and Domenic 
De Lorenzo. The Disclosure 
Committee supports the Board in 
overseeing the Group’s compliance 
with its disclosure obligations, 
taking advice from internal and 
external advisers as appropriate. The 
Disclosure Committee is responsible 
for reviewing and approving the 
release of shareholder and/or 
regulatory announcements by Fever-
Tree on an ad hoc basis, where 
such announcements have not been 
approved by the Board. Further, the 
Committee has been established to 
keep disclosure procedures at the 
Group under periodic review.

Board and  
Committee Meetings

The Board meets regularly to 
help ensure it discharges its 
duties effectively. Non-Executive 
Directors communicate directly 
with Executive Directors and senior 
management between formal Board 
meetings. The Board has a schedule 

of regular business, financial and 
operational matters, and each Board 
Committee has compiled a schedule 
of work, to ensure that all areas for 
which the Board has responsibility 
are addressed and reviewed during 
the course of the year.

The Board held seven scheduled 
Board meetings during the year 
and also met on short notice on one 
further occasion to consider matters 
of a time-sensitive nature. Directors 
are expected to attend all relevant 
Board and Committee meetings. In 
addition, the Board held focused, 
dedicated strategy days in November 
2021 for in-depth reviews of Group 
strategy and budgets. 

The table below sets out attendance 
at all Board and Committee 
meetings held during the year 
to 31 December 2021. 

Board Effectiveness

The Board continuously evaluates 
the balance of skills, experience, 
knowledge and independence of the 
Directors. It ensures that all new 
Directors receive a tailored induction 
programme and the Board scrutinises 
its performance through an annual 
effectiveness review. Profiles of the 
skills and experience of the Directors 
are included in their biographical 
details on pages 70 and 71. 

Name

Bill Ronald

Tim Warrillow

Andrew Branchflower

Domenic De Lorenzo

Kevin Havelock

Coline McConville

Jeff Popkin

Laura Hagan

Full Board

Scheduled

Short 
Notice

Audit

Rem

Nom

Disclosure

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

4/4

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

–

–

–

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

2/2

–

–

–

2/2

2/2

2/2

–

1/1

2/2

–

–

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

–

–

–

–

74

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONGOVERNANCE  |  Corporate Governance Statement

Chairman’s Independence

Development

Evaluation

In light of his existing appointment 
as Chairman of the Group in June 
2013 prior to admission to AIM, 
Bill Ronald is not considered to be 
independent which is an area in which 
the Group is non-compliant with the 
Code. However, Coline McConville, 
Kevin Havelock, Jeff Popkin, Laura 
Hagan and Domenic De Lorenzo 
are considered to be independent by 
the Board, and therefore the Board 
satisfies the requirement of the Code 
of having a balanced Board and 
exceeds the requirement that at least 
half of the Directors excluding the 
chairman are independent.

Appointments to the Board

The Nomination Committee leads 
the process for the appointment of 
new Directors to the Board. Page 
80 and 81 sets out more detailed 
information on the Nomination 
Committee, its role and principal 
activities during the financial year. 

Commitment

All Directors have been advised of 
the time required to fulfil the role 
prior to appointment and were 
asked to confirm that they can 
make the required commitment 
before they were appointed. This 
requirement is also included in their 
letters of appointment. The Board is 
satisfied that the Chairman and each 
of the Non-executive Directors are 
able to devote sufficient time to the 
Group’s business.

In the appropriate circumstances, 
the Board may authorise Executive 
Directors to take non-executive 
positions in other companies and 
organisations, provided the time 
commitment does not conflict 
with the Director’s duties to the 
Company, since such appointments 
should broaden their experience. 
The acceptance of appointment 
to such positions is subject to the 
approval of the Chairman. Currently, 
the Executive Directors do not have 
any external appointments.

When new Directors join the Board 
a formal, rigorous and transparent 
induction programme takes place, 
which is tailored to their existing 
knowledge and experience. New 
members are also introduced 
to senior employees and, as 
appropriate, external advisers. The 
Company Secretary ensures that 
all Directors are kept abreast of 
changes in relevant legislation and 
regulations, with the assistance 
of the Group’s other professional 
advisers where appropriate.

Executive Directors are subject 
to the Group’s performance 
development review process, 
through which their performance 
against predetermined objectives 
is reviewed by the Chairman and 
their personal and professional 
development needs considered. 
Non-Executive Directors are 
encouraged to raise any personal 
development or training needs with 
the Chairman or through the Board 
evaluation process.

Information and Support

The Chairman, aided by the 
Company Secretary, is responsible 
for ensuring that the Directors 
receive accurate and timely 
information. The Company 
Secretary compiles the Board 
and Committee papers which are 
circulated to Directors one week 
prior to meetings. The Company 
Secretary also ensures that any 
feedback or suggestions for 
improvement on Board papers  
are fed back to management.

Directors have access to independent 
professional advice at the Group’s 
expense. In addition, they have 
access to the advice and services 
of the Company Secretary who is 
responsible for advice on corporate 
governance matters to the Board. 
The Company Secretary provides 
minutes of each meeting and every 
Director is aware of the right to have 
any concerns minuted.

75

Each year the Board carries out 
an evaluation process. An external 
evaluation of the Board is scheduled 
for 2022. This year’s evaluation 
was conducted internally by way 
of an anonymous questionnaire 
and separate follow-up sessions. 
Feedback from the evaluation was 
then summarised by the Company 
Secretary and shared with the Board 
for discussion. 

Overall, feedback from the 
evaluation was very positive. 
Consensus was that the Board is 
operating well, and the balance is 
correct between being supportive 
and providing challenge where 
appropriate. Feedback was 
particularly positive on the Board’s 
view of Group performance and 
implementation of strategy. Moving 
forwards, the Board agreed to put 
a particular focus on succession 
planning (both at a Board and 
senior management level), and 
committed to meeting more 
regularly with senior management 
and beyond within the business as 
well as customers, suppliers and 
other key stakeholders.

In addition, the Non-Executive 
Directors met informally, without 
the Chairman present, to evaluate 
his performance. Feedback, which 
was positive, was shared by the 
Senior Independent Director with 
the Chairman.

Annual General Meeting

The Annual General Meeting of 
the Company will take place on 
19 May 2022. The Notice of Annual 
General Meeting and the ordinary 
and special resolutions to be put 
to the meeting can be found on 
pages 144 to 149. In accordance 
with the Code, all Directors will 
be submitted for re-election at the 
Annual General Meeting.

BILL RONALD
Chairman

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONAUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

“On behalf of the Board, I am pleased  
to present the Audit Committee Report for  
the year ending 31 December 2021.”

DOMENIC DE LORENZO
Audit Committee Chairman

The Audit Committee has 
considered whether the Annual 
Report is ‘fair, balanced and 
understandable’ and has 
recommended to the Board that it 
could make the required statement 
in that regard. 

The Committee met three times 
during the year. The members of the 
Audit Committee are independent 
Non-Executive Directors, and it 
comprises Domenic De Lorenzo, 
Coline McConville, Kevin Havelock, 
Jeff Popkin and Laura Hagan. The 
Chairman of the Board, the Chief 
Executive, the Chief Financial 
Officer, the Company Secretary, the 
Group Finance Director, the Head of 
Internal Audit (recently appointed) 
and the external Auditor BDO, 
regularly attend meetings of the 
Committee. The Audit Committee 
Chairman met with BDO, the 
Chief Financial Officer and more 
recently the Head of Internal Audit 
regularly during the year. There is 
regular engagement with BDO to 
ensure that their views, opinions, 
and comments are reflected within 
the Committee’s deliberations 
and dealings.

Dear shareholder,

The role of the Audit Committee is 
to monitor and review the integrity 
and adequacy of the Group’s 
financial statements and reporting, 
the effectiveness of its internal 
control and risk management 
processes, business viability, 
whistleblowing, integrity and policy 
breach allegation investigations, and 
the appointment and performance 
of the external Auditor. During this 
financial year, the Committee has 
ensured that it has had oversight of 
all these areas while also focussing 
on a diverse range of risks such as 
supply chain management, people 
risk, cyber security, climate change, 
data management and privacy and 
the financial control environment, 
to gain further assurance on 
the adequacy and efficacy of the 
Group’s internal control and risk 
management processes.

The Committee reviewed the interim 
results announcement, including 
the interim financial statements, 
the Annual Report and associated 
preliminary results announcement, 
focussing on key areas of judgement 
and complexity, critical accounting 
policies, disclosures (including 
those relating to contingent 
liabilities, climate change and 
principal risks), viability and going 
concern assessments, provisioning 
and any changes required in these 
areas or policies. 

76

COMPOSITION OF THE COMMITTEE

•  Domenic De Lorenzo

•  Coline McConville

•  Kevin Havelock

•  Jeff Popkin

•  Laura Hagan

NUMBER OF MEETINGS

3

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONObjectives and Duties of 
the Audit Committee

The Audit Committee assists the 
Board in fulfilling its oversight 
responsibilities. Its primary 
objectives include providing 
effective governance of the Group’s 
financial controls, corporate 
and financial reporting, the 
adequacy of related public 
disclosures (including ensuring 
that its financial statements and 
announcements relating to its 
financial performance are fair, 
balanced and understandable); the 
Group’s systems of risk management 
and internal controls; and the 
performance and independence  
of the external Auditor. 

The main responsibilities of the 
Audit Committee are set out in 
its Terms of Reference, which 
are available on the Group’s 
website (www.fever-tree.com) 
and are available on request from 
the Company Secretary. The 
Committee’s Terms of Reference are 
reviewed annually. The Committee 
reports to the Board on its activities, 
identifying any key issues, including 
recommendations as to the steps 
to be taken and on how it has 
discharged its responsibilities. 

Activities of the Audit 
Committee during the Year

Financial and Corporate Reporting 

In relation to the integrity of the 
full year financial statements and 
interim and preliminary reporting, 
the Audit Committee:

•  Reviewed reports from 

management and from the 
external Auditor and discussed 
key matters, including the 
appropriateness and consistent 
application of accounting 
policies.

GOVERNANCE  |  Audit Committee Report

• 

• 

• 

 Assessed the financial 
statements’ compliance with 
applicable accounting standards 
and statutory and listing 
requirements.

 Focused on significant areas 
of accounting judgement 
and estimation made in the 
preparation of the financial 
statements, noting the key 
area of revenue recognition, 
specifically the classification 
of certain marketing and 
promotional-related expenses 
between overheads and as a  
net-off against revenue. 

 Considered the nature and size 
of any one-off items impacting 
the quality of the earnings and 
cash flow of the Group, and the 
appropriateness of any related 
disclosure of such items in the 
financial statements.

•  Considered whether the 

carrying value of assets, in 
particular debtors and stock 
valuations, was supportable. 
Specific focus was applied 
to debtor recoverability and 
the methodologies applied by 
management to manage credit 
risk and provide for bad debt. 
There was also increased focus 
on stock valuation, the timing 
and attendances of stock counts 
given the challenges raised 
by the spread of the Omicron 
variant at year end and the level 
of stock provision, particularly 
against finished goods stock 
held in the US and approaching 
its expiry date.

77

The Audit Committee worked with 
management and considered the 
work of the external Auditor on the 
above to ensure suitable positions 
were reached. The Committee did 
not uncover any material issues or 
concerns about the above matters, 
and are satisfied that the move to 
local production in the US alongside 
an optimisation of the sales and 
operational planning process as part 
of a wider programme of work in 
2022 will reduce the risk of future 
inventory provisions in that market.

Effectiveness of the risk management 
and internal control systems 

The Board has delegated 
responsibility for the review of 
the adequacy and effectiveness 
of the Group’s risk management 
framework and system of internal 
controls to the Audit Committee.  
As further described on pages 62 
to 67, the Group has an established 
framework of risk management and 
internal control systems, policies, 
and procedures. 

During the year, the Board 
twice reviewed the processes 
for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the principal and 
emerging business risks that the 
Group faces, including those that 
would threaten the Group’s business 
model, competitive position, 
reputation and future performance, 
including a detailed evaluation of 
key sustainability initiatives and 
related risks such as the potential 
impact of climate change on 
ingredient sourcing, and the impact 
of our operations and packaging 
formats on the environment. We 
have continued to develop our risk 
management processes, specifically 
within the context of COVID-19, to 
ensure that they remain relevant to 
the changing environment.

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONAUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT continued

Our review included the discussion 
of a wide range of matters with 
management and BDO. This 
included an assessment of the 
Group’s principal and emerging 
risks and changes in the level of 
these risks during the year. The 
review included consideration of 
the potential impact and probability 
of such events or circumstances 
happening, alongside a review of 
the procedures in place to identify 
emerging risks.

The Group continues to review its 
system of financial and operating 
internal controls to ensure 
compliance with best practice and 
Code guidance, whilst also having 
regard to its size and the resources 
available. The Group notes that 
BDO obtained an understanding 
of our internal controls for the 
purposes of forming their audit 
opinion as set out on pages 100 to 
107. No significant deficiencies in 
our internal controls were reported 
by the external Auditor.

Considering the continuing growth 
in scale and complexity of the 
business, the Committee believes 
the Group is now at the appropriate 
point to develop an Internal Audit 
function. We have appointed a 
Head of Internal Audit, who will 
work alongside KPMG within 
a co-sourced model. The Audit 
Committee have reviewed and 
approved an initial Internal Audit 
work plan to deliver against in 2022. 

The Audit Committee Chairman 
and other members of the 
Committee had several meetings 
with senior finance and operational 
management during the year to go 
through key risk management and 
internal control procedures in place. 
Areas of specific focus included: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

review of the budget and 
planning systems, together with 
monitoring and reporting the 
performance of the Group to the 
Board;

review of key systems and 
internal controls, including an 
overview of a programme of work 
beginning in 2022 which will 
focus on our operations, ways of 
working and augmentation of IT 
systems where appropriate;

review of the financial risk 
register;

review of treasury policy 
effectiveness and an update on 
tax compliance;

• 

review of the bad debt provision;

•  presentation on approach to 
managing and monitoring 
product liability risk and risks 
in relation to the sourcing of key 
ingredients;

•  overview of the continued 

development of the Group-wide 
finance function, with specific 
focus on the US finance team;

• 

review of approach to talent 
identification and development 
within the organisation and 
succession planning for the 
senior management team; and

•  a detailed review of cybersecurity 

systems and controls.

These meetings are a standard part 
of the Audit Committee process, and 
no major issues were raised.

The Group has in place a 
whistleblowing policy which sets 
out the formal process by which 
an employee of the Group may, 
in confidence, raise concerns 
about possible improprieties 
in financial reporting or other 
matters. Whistleblowing is a 
standing item on the Committee’s 
agenda, and updates are provided 
at each meeting. During the year, 
there were no major incidents for 
consideration. 

Despite the risks and challenges 
faced in 2021, we have been able 
to respond quickly and efficiently 
to the evolving risk environment 
and have deployed effective risk 
management processes across the 
Group. On this basis, the Board is 
satisfied that it has carried out a 
robust assessment of Fever-Tree’s 
principal and emerging risks.  
The objective of these systems is to 
manage, rather than eliminate, the 
risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives. Accordingly, they can 
only provide reasonable, but not 
absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. 

External Audit Independence 
and Effectiveness 

During the year, the Audit 
Committee reviewed the external 
audit strategy and the findings 
of the external Auditor from its 
audit of the consolidated financial 
statements. The Audit Committee 
assesses the ongoing effectiveness 
and quality of the external Auditor 
and audit process through several 
methods, commencing with a 
review of the detailed audit plan 
presented to the Audit Committee  
at the start of the audit cycle.  
The key audit risks identified 
by BDO were reviewed by the 
Committee and the work performed 
by the Auditor was used to test 
management’s assumptions and 
estimates relating to such risks. 

78

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONThe effectiveness of the audit 
process in addressing these 
matters was assessed through 
reports presented by the Auditor 
to the Audit Committee which 
were discussed by the Committee. 
No major areas of concern were 
highlighted by the Auditor during 
the current financial year. 

Following completion of the audit 
process, feedback on its effectiveness 
was provided through review 
meetings with the Group’s finance 
team and management in advance 
of management and the Auditor 
providing assessments of Auditor 
effectiveness and quality to the 
Audit Committee for consideration. 
This year, overall performance of the 
Auditor was assessed as satisfactory. 
The increased focus on IT General 
Controls and involvement from 
BDO’s technology team was assessed 
to be a significant area of assurance. 

In relation to the provision of 
non-audit services, the Auditor 
is precluded from engaging in 
services that would compromise 
its independence or violate 
any professional requirements 
or regulations affecting its 
appointment as Auditor. 

Any non-audit services proposed to 
be provided by the external Auditor 
require justification as to why such 
appointment is in the best interests 
of the Group and how independence 
would be safeguarded, and above a 
certain de minimis fee level, require 
approval by the Committee. The 
level of fees for non-audit services 
for 2021 was de minimis at £1,200. 
The breakdown of the external 
Auditor’s fees between audit and 
non-audit services as approved 
by the Committee is provided in 
note 5 of the Group’s consolidated 
financial statements. 

GOVERNANCE  |  Audit Committee Report

We note that, as part of their normal 
cycle of reviews, the Financial 
Reporting Council (“FRC”) is 
reviewing BDO’s audit of the 
31 December 2020 Annual Report. 
We met with the FRC as part of 
this review and will consider their 
findings once finalised. 

Following completion of the 2020 
audit, which represented Diane 
Campbell’s third year as lead 
audit partner, and BDO’s eighth 
year as the Group’s Auditor, the 
Audit Committee performed 
a tender process for the 2021 
audit. We invited three firms to 
tender, including BDO, and after a 
rigorous and detailed process, were 
delighted to reappoint BDO as the 
Group’s Auditor at the AGM on 
20 May 2021. The reappointment 
of BDO has led to greater level of 
engagement during the financial 
year, with an earlier start to audit 
planning. It has also allowed for 
increased involvement from the 
BDO Technology team, resulting 
in a greater reliance on IT General 
Controls. We are mindful of the 
Code’s requirement to tender 
every ten years, however, given the 
Group’s potential for growth in 
scale and complexity we will assess 
the opportunity to re-tender within 
that timescale should we consider 
it appropriate. 

DOMENIC DE LORENZO
Audit Committee Chair

79

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONNOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

“On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to  
present the Nomination Committee Report of the  
Company for the year ended 31 December 2021.”

BILL RONALD
Nomination Committee Chairman

The Nomination Committee is 
responsible for reviewing the 
structure, size and composition 
(including the skills, knowledge, 
experience and diversity) 
of the Board and making 
recommendations to the Board  
with regard to any changes.

Members of the  
Nomination Committee

During the year, the Committee 
consisted of Bill Ronald, Laura 
Hagan (from her appointment in 
May 2021), Kevin Havelock, Jeff 
Popkin and Coline McConville. All 
but Bill Ronald are independent. 
Although only members of the 
Committee have the right to attend 
meetings, other individuals, such as 
other Board members and external 
advisers, may be invited to attend 
for all or part of any meeting.

Duties

The Committee’s principal duties 
are to:

•  monitor the structure, size and 
composition (including the 
skills, knowledge, experience and 
diversity) of the Board and make 
recommendations to the Board 
with regard to any changes;

•  give full consideration to 

succession planning for Directors 
and other senior executives in 
the course of its work, taking 
into account the challenges and 
opportunities facing the Group, 
and the skills and expertise 
needed on the Board 
in the future;

•  keep under review the 
leadership needs of the 
organisation, both executive 
and non-executive, with a view 
to ensuring the continued 
ability of the organisation 
to compete effectively in the 
marketplace; and

•  keep up to date and fully 
informed about strategic 
issues and commercial changes 
affecting the group and the 
market in which it operates.

The Committee’s full Terms of 
Reference are available on our 
website. They were last reviewed  
on 15 December 2021.

Committee Attendance

The Nomination Committee met 
formally twice during 2021 with all 
representatives present and also on 
an ad hoc basis when required.

80

COMPOSITION OF THE COMMITTEE

•  Bill Ronald

•  Coline McConville

•  Domenic De Lorenzo

•  Jeff Popkin

•  Kevin Havelock

•  Laura Hagan

NUMBER OF MEETINGS

2

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONGOVERNANCE  |  Nomination Committee Report

Board Evaluation

During the year we carried out an 
internal evaluation of the Board, 
its committees and individual 
Directors, which reflected that 
the Board is functioning well and 
provided some areas of focus for 
2022. Further details are set out  
on pages 74 and 75.

Diversity

As a Board we believe we have an 
excellent mix of talent, experience, 
industry expertise, regional 
knowledge, character, judgement 
and diversity of background which 
has produced a strong chemistry 
and an environment that is 
both appropriately challenging 
and supportive. 

One clear area of focus shall be 
to improve and evolve our Board 
diversity. During 2021, we welcomed 
Laura Hagan to the Board, 
who joined as a Non-Executive 
Director immediately following the 
Company’s 2020 AGM. Laura is 
currently Chief Human Resources 
Officer at Tate and Lyle plc and 
has over 20 years’ experience in 
HR. I know I speak for all the 
Board in recognising the valuable 
contribution Laura’s expertise and 
input has already delivered to Board 
matters, including the evolution of 
Fever-Tree’s diversity and succession 
planning at Board and senior 
management level. We engaged 
Spencer Stuart, who have no other 
connection with the Company or 
any of its Directors, to assist with 
Laura’s appointment.

We recognise the value of increased 
diversity at Board level in achieving 
our strategic objectives and in 
driving innovation and growth. 
Whilst Board appointments 
will continue to be based on 
merit and relevant skill, the 
Directors appreciate that different 
backgrounds, experiences and 
opinions can promote more 
balanced and nuanced debate and 
lead to improved decisions. With 
regard to gender diversity, the 
Directors are mindful that as at 
the date of this Report the Board 
currently comprises 25% female 
representation, which falls below 
our ultimate targeted level of 33%. 

At employee level, as part of our 
commitment to diversity and 
inclusion, we are continuously 
identifying areas for further 
improvement. These include taking 
proactive measures to improve the 
diversity of our workforce, and 
carrying out a review to ensure that 
we include representative images of 
society in all of our marketing. We 
are also proud of our community 
engagement efforts, some of which 
are discussed in our Sustainability 
Report on pages 50 and 51. 

As at 1 January 2022, the 
gender balance of those in senior 
management positions and their 
direct reports was 60% male and 
40% female. If we expand that 
to all managers in the business, 
the split is 51% male and 49% 
female. Our business is working to 
identify and develop a pipeline of 
diverse and high-calibre candidates 
internally who can step up to senior 
management positions in the future. 

Fever-Tree adopts an Equal 
Opportunities Policy, which aims to 
develop and sustain a diverse and 
inclusive workforce, including with 
regards to gender, age, expertise, 
nationality, sexual orientation, 
experience and otherwise.

Succession Planning 

Ensuring that there are robust 
succession plans in place at Board 
and senior management level is 
fundamental to the long-term 
prospects of the business. The 
Committee conducted a review 
of its succession plans during the 
year, with a separate Risk session 
dedicated to the topic in November 
2021. Feedback from that session 
was positive, and it was agreed that 
succession planning will be included 
as a standing agenda item for all 
Committee meetings in 2022.

Nomination Committee 
in 2022

The Committee is scheduled to 
meet at least twice in 2022. The 
Committee will continue to review 
the balance of skills and diversity of 
the Board. The Board shall also be 
conducting an externally facilitated 
evaluation of its effectiveness 
with support from the Company 
Secretary with a view to providing 
a constructive agenda for continued 
improvements. 

BILL RONALD
Nomination Committee Chair

81

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

“On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the 
2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report, which sets out 
the remuneration paid to the Directors in 2021 and the 
implementation of our remuneration policy for 2022.”

COLINE MCCONVILLE
Remuneration Committee Chair

Chair’s Statement 

Fever-Tree is listed on the 
Alternative Investment Market 
(AIM) and therefore provides 
these remuneration disclosures 
on a voluntary basis. As such, the 
charts and tables included here 
are unaudited, but, in general, our 
disclosures have been prepared in 
accordance with best practice for an 
AIM company of our size.

As the pandemic continues to 
impact the world around us, our 
priority remains the wellbeing of the 
Fever-Tree team who are integral 
to our continuing success. The 
decision not to furlough any staff 
throughout the crisis has been fully 
supported by the Board all along, 
and not only provided everyone 
with job security, but also put us in 
a strong commercial position with 
our ongoing support of the On-
Trade. The Board is confident more 
broadly that continuing to invest 
in our people and our brand will 
position us strongly as we continue 
to emerge from the current period 
of uncertainty, and will enable 
us to capitalise on future growth 
opportunities. 

82

Annual and Long-term 
Incentive Payouts based  
on Performance

For the year under review, annual 
bonuses were based 60% on turnover, 
20% on adjusted EBITDA (hereafter 
referred to as EBITDA throughout 
this Remuneration Committee 
Report) and 20% on a scorecard of 
environmental and sustainability 
measures, including those related 
to the Group’s carbon footprint and 
commitment towards conservation 
causes. The performance targets 
were set to be stretching in the 
context of the external environment, 
rewarding Fever-Tree’s ability to 
adapt and respond to the challenges 
presented while also ensuring the 
maximum payout would only be 
achieved if exceptional performance 
was delivered. 

Revenue for 2021 was £311.1m which 
represented c.23% growth on 2020 
performance. Revenue performance 
was between target and stretch 
performance resulting in an 83.4% 
payout for this element. Despite 
delivering 11% EBITDA growth, 
performance was below threshold 
and no element of this portion of 
the annual bonus will payout. The 
Committee considered progress 
against ESG objectives and noted 
the strong performance, including 
in respect of Fever-Tree colleagues, 
ensuring a strong foundation from 
which to build in future years.  

COMPOSITION OF THE COMMITTEE

•  Coline McConville

•  Domenic De Lorenzo

•  Kevin Havelock

•  Laura Hagan

NUMBER OF MEETINGS

2

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONOverall, it was determined that the 
ESG element would pay out at 75% 
of maximum, resulting in an overall 
bonus of 65.1% of maximum.

The 2019 LTIP awards are due 
to vest in May 2022 following 
the completion of the three-year 
performance period to the end of 
2021. These awards were based 75% 
on turnover and 25% on EBITDA. 
The targets were set in 2019 to be 
exceptionally stretching, reflecting 
our ambitious growth strategy.

Despite the strong financial 
performance of our business in 
very challenging circumstances, 
the impact of the current external 
environment on performance for 
2021 meant that performance 
targets were not met and therefore 
these awards will lapse in full.

GOVERNANCE  |  Remuneration Committee Report

and 2022) and the introduction of a 
new strategic non-financial measure 
into the annual bonus framework 
incorporating environmental 
and sustainability measures. The 
Committee consulted extensively 
with shareholders on these 
arrangements and was pleased with 
the level of support received from 
shareholders at the 2021 AGM. 

The Committee remains satisfied 
with the current executive 
remuneration framework and its 
ability to incentivise management 
in an appropriate way. We are 
comfortable that the framework 
is suitably clear, proportionate 
and predictable, and that it aligns 
executive pay with Company culture, 
strategy and the overall desire for 
value creation.

• 

• 

The Committee did not exercise any 
discretion in the above outcomes. 

As a result, the Committee is not 
proposing any significant changes 
to the framework for 2022. 

Remuneration Arrangements 
for 2022

Executive remuneration at Fever-Tree 
continues to be structured slightly 
differently from typical UK market 
practice, with lower base salaries 
but higher long-term incentive 
opportunities, ensuring Executive 
Directors are rewarded for operational 
performance and aligned with overall 
value creation. We aim to ensure 
that the maximum opportunities are 
challenging to achieve, as shown by 
the outcomes in 2020 and 2021 in 
particular. The Committee believes 
that this reward philosophy remains 
appropriate in the context of Fever-
Tree’s growth journey. 

Progress with Remuneration 

This year, the Committee has 
reflected on the progress that Fever-
Tree has made as a business, and 
the progress that has been made in 
terms of our remuneration structure 
and overall governance. Fever-
Tree remains a high-growth group 
in the early stages of its existence 
compared to many of its peers. 

We are proud to have implemented 
the following improvements as 
part of our efforts to continuously 
improve governance:

•  maintaining an advisory 

Last year, the Committee approved 
a number of changes to the 
executive remuneration framework 
to further support the Group’s 
strategic ambitions. This included 
an evolution of the existing long-
term incentive arrangement by 
introducing an additional three-year 
element focused on the delivery 
of critical strategic objectives 
(stretching international revenue 
growth targets for the award in 2021 

• 

• 

shareholder vote on Directors’ 
remuneration, even though we 
are not required to do so; 

creating and maintaining a 
Remuneration Committee 
which is made up entirely of 
independent Non-Executive 
Directors with relevant 
experience, and that complies 
with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code; 

introducing an LTIP scheme 
for Executive Directors in 
2016, supported by a policy 
for our wider workforce which 

83

is increasingly cascaded down 
through the business; 

•  maintaining an equal pension 

policy for our entire workforce, 
including Executive Directors, 
from the start; 

•  keeping a consistent philosophy 

of reward throughout the 
business, which is strongly 
correlated to performance and 
low base/high potential incentive 
based; 

consulting and maintaining an 
open dialogue with shareholders 
and advisory bodies on all key 
remuneration decisions since 
IPO; 

introducing additional disclosure 
of Executive Director LTIP 
targets within one year of grant, 
rather than at vesting; and 

•  keeping any areas where we 
do not fully align with main 
market best practice under close 
review annually, and discussing 
these areas as a Remuneration 
Committee. 

Closing Remarks 

Fever-Tree continues to be a fast-
growing business with a highly 
entrepreneurial and performance-
oriented culture. The Committee 
aims to continue to foster and 
encourage this culture, recognising 
that aspects of our remuneration 
policy and practice will need to 
evolve and adapt as we grow. 
This is the fifth year that the 
Committee has voluntarily put 
the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to a shareholder advisory 
vote, reflecting shareholders’ 
expectations in this area and the 
Remuneration Committee’s desire 
to be open and transparent. I very 
much look forward to your support 
and I am happy to answer any 
questions you may have regarding 
our remuneration philosophy and 
arrangements. 

COLINE MCCONVILLE 
Remuneration Committee Chair

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT continued
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

This section of the report sets out the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and outlines how this policy 
will be implemented for 2022. 

The Remuneration Committee has addressed clarity, simplicity, risk, predictability, proportionality, and alignment 
to culture when determining the Executive Director remuneration policy. Fever-Tree remains an innovative, 
rapidly growing and dynamic business. Our remuneration arrangements are designed to be clear and simple while 
supporting our ambitious growth strategy and are therefore structured slightly differently from typical UK market 
practice, with lower base salaries but higher long-term incentive opportunities. This ensures Executive Directors 
are rewarded for operational performance and aligned with value creation. Overall, the Committee considers the 
remuneration package competitive and in line with other companies of a similar size and complexity while being 
appropriate in the context of our approach to remuneration throughout the organisation. Maximum incentive 
awards are capped and incentive targets are set to be stretching while not encouraging excessive risk-taking. 

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Group and individual 
performance are 
considered when setting 
Executive Director base 
salaries.

There is no maximum salary 
increase. The Committee 
retains discretion to make 
appropriate adjustments to 
salary levels to ensure they 
remain appropriate in the 
context of the size and scope 
of the role and the size and 
complexity of the business.

Implementation of Remuneration 
Policy for 2022 

Base salaries will be 
increased by 4% with effect 
from 1 January 2022 to:

CEO – £417,550

CFO – £268,448

These increases are in line 
with the increases across 
the wider workforce.

Element (purpose  
and link to strategy)

Base salary 

To reflect size and 
scope of the role 
and individual’s 
performance and 
contribution

Pension

To provide a market-
competitive pension

Reviewed on an annual 
basis, with any increases 
normally taking effect from 
1 January. 

Payable in cash.

The Committee reviews 
base salaries with reference 
to: 

•  the size and scope of the 

individual’s roles;

•  the individual’s 

performance and 
experience; 

•  business performance 

and the external 
economic environment; 

•  market practice at other 
companies of a similar 
size and complexity; and 

•  salary increases across 

the Group.

Executive Directors may 
participate in the Group 
pension scheme. 

Salary is the only element 
of remuneration that is 
pensionable.

Benef its

To provide market-
competitive benefits

Benefits may include car 
allowance and private 
health insurance. 

Other benefits may be 
introduced as appropriate 
and include relocation and 
other expatriate benefits.

Not performance related. Maximum pension 

contribution or cash 
allowance for 2022 is  
8% of salary.

Not performance related.

No changes. The only 
benefit currently provided 
is private health insurance.

As previously disclosed, 
a pension allowance was 
introduced from 1 January 
2019 for Executive 
Directors. This pension 
allowance was initially 5% 
of salary and will increase 
by 1% of salary per annum 
up to a maximum of 10% of 
salary. This approach is in 
line with the policy for other 
employees in the Group. 

Benefits vary by role and 
individual circumstances; 
eligibility and cost are 
reviewed periodically.

84

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONGOVERNANCE  |  Remuneration Committee Report

Element (purpose  
and link to strategy)

Annual bonus

To incentivise the 
delivery of annual 
financial performance 
and the achievement 
of strategic business 
priorities, thus 
delivering value to 
shareholders.

LTIP

To drive sustained 
long-term performance 
that supports the 
creation of shareholder 
value.

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Performance is measured 
on an annual basis for each 
financial year. 

Performance measures are 
reviewed prior to the start 
of the year to ensure they 
remain appropriate and 
align with the business 
strategy. Stretching targets 
are set. 

At the end of the year the 
Committee determines the 
extent to which these were 
achieved.

Awards are paid in cash. 

Clawback (of any bonus 
paid) provisions apply (see 
below).

Annual awards of shares 
or nil-cost options may be 
made to participants. 

Award levels and 
performance conditions are 
reviewed before each award 
cycle to ensure they remain 
appropriate. 

Awards made under 
the LTIP will have a 
performance period of 
at least three years and a 
minimum vesting period of 
three years. 

Dividend equivalents may 
accrue on LTIP awards and 
are paid on those shares 
which vest. 

Malus (of any unvested 
LTIP) and clawback (of any 
vested LTIP) provisions 
apply (see below).

The Committee determines 
the maximum bonus 
opportunity each year to 
ensure that the overall 
remuneration package 
remains competitive. 

25% of the maximum 
annual bonus opportunity 
will be paid at Threshold 
performance, 50% at Target 
performance and 100% at 
Maximum performance, 
with straight-line vesting 
between each.

Performance measures 
are selected, and their 
respective weightings may 
vary from year to year, 
depending on financial 
and strategic priorities. 
Measures may include 
personal performance 
objectives provided no 
less than 75% of the 
annual bonus is based on 
financial measures. 

The Committee has 
discretion to adjust the 
formulaic bonus outcomes 
both upwards (within 
the policy limits) and 
downwards to ensure 
alignment of pay with the 
underlying performance 
of the business over the 
financial year.

The “core” LTIP provides 
for annual awards of up 
to 300% of salary for 
Executive Directors. 

Vesting of LTIP awards 
is subject to Group 
performance and 
continued employment. 

The Committee has 
discretion to adjust the 
formulaic LTIP outcomes 
both upwards (within 
the policy limits) and 
downwards to ensure 
alignment of pay with the 
underlying performance 
of the business over the 
performance period.

An additional LTIP element 
provides for annual awards 
of up to 150% of salary 
for Executive Directors. 
It is intended that this 
additional LTIP element 
will operate for three years 
from 2021.

The Committee reserves 
the right to review the 
maximum opportunity 
to ensure that the overall 
remuneration package 
remains competitive.

Under each measure, 
Threshold performance 
will result in 25% of 
maximum vesting for 
that element, rising on a 
straight-line basis to full 
vesting for achieving Stretch 
performance.

Implementation of Remuneration 
Policy for 2022 

There is no change in the 
annual bonus maximum 
opportunity for 2022, which 
remains at 150% of salary 
for all Executive Directors. 

For 2022, performance 
measures are:

•  60% on turnover. 

•  20% on EBITDA.

•  20% on a scorecard 

of strategic measures, 
including environmental 
and sustainability 
measures, such as those 
relating to carbon 
footprint and the Group’s 
commitment towards 
conservation causes.

There is no change in the 
existing “core” LTIP for 
2022. Maximum annual 
opportunity remains at 
300% of salary for all 
Executive Directors, and 
vesting is subject to the 
following performance 
measures: 

•  75% on turnover.

•  25% on EBITDA. 

The maximum opportunity 
for the additional LTIP 
element will also remain 
unchanged at 150% of 
salary. As disclosed last 
year, this additional LTIP 
element will be focused 
on the delivery of specific 
objectives, which are 
critical to achieving Fever-
Tree’s long-term strategic 
ambitions. For 2022, as in 
2021, vesting will therefore 
be subject to stretching 
international revenue 
growth targets.

Notes to the Policy Table 

Malus and clawback 

Malus and clawback provisions may be applied in the following circumstances: 

•  material misstatement of results; 

•  an act or omission by the participants which would enable the Company to summarily dismiss them; 

•  an error in assessing the performance conditions; 

• 

serious reputational damage to the Company or any other Group Company (2019 awards onwards); 

•  material corporate failure in the Company or any other Group Company (2019 awards onwards); and

•  any other instance where the Remuneration Committee regards it appropriate.

85

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT continued
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

Performance Measures

For 2022, the annual bonus and the “core” LTIP award will continue to be based primarily on turnover and 
EBITDA as these are considered by the Board to be the two most important key performance indicators for Fever-
Tree, and are well aligned with Fever-Tree’s short- and long-term strategy. Fever-Tree operates in a segment 
which is attractive to new entrants and it is therefore critical to drive market penetration and consequent revenue 
growth as fast as possible. 

The Committee is mindful of shareholder guidance around the same performance measures being used in both the 
annual bonus plan and the LTIP; however, for the reasons outlined, the Committee considers that this approach 
remains appropriate especially with the addition of a strategic measure to the annual bonus. 

In addition to turnover and EBITDA, 20% of the annual bonus will continue to be subject to strategic measures, 
which for 2022 will include environmental and sustainability measures, such as those relating to carbon footprint 
and the Group’s commitment towards conservation causes. 

The additional LTIP award was introduced last year to focus on the delivery of specific objectives, which 
are critical to achieving Fever-Tree’s long-term strategic ambitions. For 2022, it will continue to be subject 
to stretching international revenue targets, providing a strong focus on the development and growth of the 
international business. When considering performance outcomes under the LTIP, the Committee will explicitly 
consider the spread of revenue generated across the business, including revenue generated in both the UK and 
the US, and will determine, looking at performance across both the “core” LTIP and the additional LTIP element, 
whether outcomes are reflective of the overall shareholder experience. 

Targets applying to the annual bonus and LTIP awards are reviewed annually, based on internal and external 
reference points, and are set to be stretching but achievable with regard to the particular strategic priorities in a 
given year. 

Our market is highly competitive and we have consistently faced strong competition from both large 
multinationals and more focused, similar local brands. More information on this is included in the section on 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties on pages 62 to 67. As a result, we consider our annual bonus and LTIP targets 
to be commercially sensitive. We will disclose annual bonus targets one year after the end of the performance 
period. Taking shareholder feedback into account, we now disclose our stretching LTIP targets within one year of 
grant rather than at vesting. 

Shareholding Guidelines 

The Committee continues to recognise the importance of Executive Directors aligning their interests with 
shareholders through building up significant shareholdings in the Company. Our shareholding guidelines 
require Executive Directors to acquire a holding equivalent to 200% of base salary within five years of joining 
the Company. Until the relevant shareholding levels are acquired, vested but unexercised awards are included in 
shareholding guidelines on a net of tax basis. Details of the Executive Directors’ current personal shareholdings 
are provided in the Annual Report on Remuneration and are substantially in excess of the requirement. 

The Committee has considered whether it would be appropriate to introduce an additional LTIP holding period 
and/or post-employment shareholding guidelines. It is considered that the current leaver provisions under the LTIP 
along with the significant shareholdings in the business of both Executive Directors ensure the continued alignment 
of the interests of our Executive Directors and our shareholders post-cessation of employment. The Committee is 
however mindful of evolving shareholder expectations and will keep its approach in this area under review. 

86

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONGOVERNANCE  |  Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Non-Executive Director Policy Table

Details of the policy on fees paid to our Non-Executive Directors and how this policy will be implemented for 
2022 are set out in the table below:

Element (purpose  
and link to strategy)

Fees

To attract and retain 
Non-Executive 
Directors of the highest 
calibre with broad 
commercial and other 
experience relevant to 
the Group.

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

There is no maximum 
fee increase.

Not performance 
related.

It is expected that 
increases to Non-
Executive Director 
fee levels will be in 
line with salaried 
employees over the 
life of the policy. 
However, in the event 
that there is a material 
misalignment with the 
market or a change 
in the complexity, 
responsibility or 
time commitment 
required to fulfil 
a Non-Executive 
Director role, the 
Board has discretion to 
make an appropriate 
adjustment to the fee 
level.

The Chair and Non-
Executive Directors 
receive a basic fee for 
their respective roles.

Additional fees may 
be payable to Non-
Executive Directors 
for additional services 
such as acting as 
Senior Independent 
Director or as Chair 
of any of the Board’s 
Committees, etc.

Fee levels are reviewed 
from time to time 
against similar roles at 
comparable companies, 
taking into account 
time commitment 
and responsibility 
of the role, with any 
adjustments normally 
effective 1 January 
in the year following 
review.

The fees paid to the 
Chair are determined 
by the Committee, 
whilst the fees of 
the Non-Executive 
Directors are 
determined by the 
Chair, CEO and CFO.

Implementation of 
Remuneration Policy for 2022

As disclosed last year, 
the Chair’s fee will 
be increased from 
£160,000 to £175,000 
with effect from 
1 January 2022. The 
Committee believes 
that this increased fee 
is appropriate taking 
into account the size 
and complexity of the 
business and scope of 
the role.

The basic Non-
Executive Director 
fee and additional 
fee for the Senior 
Independent Director 
were increased, with 
effect from 1 January 
2021 and will remain 
unchanged for 
2022. Additional 
fees for the Chairs 
of the Board’s Audit 
and Remuneration 
Committees also 
remain unchanged. 
Fees for 2022 are 
therefore as follows:

•  Basic Non-Executive 

Director fee - 
£55,000

•  Senior Independent 
Director additional 
fee - £7,000

•  Audit and 

Remuneration 
Committee Chair 
additional fee - 
£10,000

87

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT continued
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

Pay Scenario Charts 

The charts below provide estimates of the potential future reward opportunity for the two current Executive 
Directors based on remuneration arrangements for Executive Directors in 2022 as described in the policy table. 
The potential is split between the different elements of remuneration under four different performance scenarios: 
‘Minimum’, ‘On Target’, ‘Maximum’ and ‘Maximum (including share price growth)’.

CEO

£4,000k

£3,000k

£2,000k

£1,000k

£0k

£3,898k

£2,958k

£1,236k

£453k

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Maximum 
(including share 
price growth)

CFO

£3,000k

£2,500k

£2,000k

£1,500k

£1,000k

£500k

£0k

£2,507k

£1,903k

£795k

£292k

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Maximum 
(including share 
price growth)

Fixed Pay

Annual Bonus

LTIP

Share price growth

In illustrating potential reward opportunities, the following assumptions have been made:

Component

‘Minimum’

‘On-target’

‘Maximum’

‘Maximum  
(including share price growth)’

Base salary  
(from 1 January 2022)

Pension  
(from 1 January 2022)

Other benef its

Annual bonus

No bonus payable

LTIP*

No LTIP vesting

CEO – £417,550

CFO – £268,448

8% of base salary

£2,000 (based on disclosed single figure for 2021)

Target bonus 
(50% of maximum)

Threshold vesting 
(25% of maximum)

Maximum bonus

Maximum vesting 
(assumes a “core” LTIP 
award of 300% of 
salary and an additional 
LTIP of 150% of salary)

Maximum vesting plus 
50% share price growth 
over the performance 
period

* 

 LTIP awards granted in a year normally vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The projected value of LTIP amounts excludes the impact of any dividends 
over the vesting period.

88

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONGOVERNANCE  |  Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Approach to Recruitment Remuneration 

In the case of appointing a new Executive Director, the Committee may make use of any or all of the existing 
components of remuneration, as described in the Policy table.

In determining appropriate remuneration for a new Executive Director, the Committee will take into 
consideration all relevant factors (including quantum, nature of remuneration and the jurisdiction from which 
the candidate was recruited) to ensure that the pay arrangements are in the best interests of Fever-Tree and its 
shareholders. 

The Committee may consider it appropriate to grant an award under a structure not included in the Policy, for 
example to buy out incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. In doing so, the Committee 
will consider all relevant factors, including the form of awards, expected value and vesting timeframe of forfeited 
opportunities. When determining any such “buyout”, the guiding principle is that awards would generally be on a 
“like-for-like” basis unless this is considered by the Committee not to be practical or appropriate. 

Service Contracts 

Executive Directors 

The Executive Directors signed new service contracts with the Company on admission to AIM. These are not of 
fixed duration and are terminable by either party giving 12 months’ written notice. Executive Directors’ contracts 
may be terminated early by making a payment in lieu of notice. Any payments in lieu of notice will normally be 
based on base salary only but may also include pension and benefits.

Executive Director

Tim Warrillow

Andy Branchflower

Non-Executive Directors 

Date of service contract

3 November 2014

3 November 2014

The Non-Executive Directors signed letters of appointment with the Company for the provision of Non-Executive 
Directors’ services, which may be terminated by either party giving one month’s written notice. The Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees are determined by the Board.

Non-Executive Director

Bill Ronald

Coline McConville

Kevin Havelock

Jeff Popkin

Domenic De Lorenzo

Laura Hagan

Exit Payment Policy 

Initial agreement date

16 October 2014

16 October 2014

11 January 2018

11 January 2018

17 May 2018

20 May 2021

Expiry date of current agreement

15 October 2023

15 October 2023

11 January 2024

11 January 2024

17 May 2024

20 May 2024

In the event that an Executive Director leaves, LTIP awards will normally lapse, unless the individual is 
considered a ‘good leaver’. ‘Good leavers’ retain an interest in LTIP awards, with performance normally tested 
at the end of the relevant three-year performance period and awards normally pro-rated for time based on the 
proportion of the vesting period served. An individual would normally be considered a ‘good leaver’ if they leave 
for reasons of death, ill-health, injury, redundancy, retirement with the agreement of the Company, or such event 
as the Remuneration Committee determines. 

Similarly, in respect of the annual bonus, if an Executive Director leaves, they would normally lose any entitlement 
for bonus, unless a ‘good leaver’. ‘Good leavers’ retain an interest in the bonus and the award is normally pro-rated 
for time and performance. 

89

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT continued
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

Consideration of Conditions Elsewhere in the Company 

Fever-Tree remains in many ways a small group, with around 280 employees globally. The Committee considers 
the range of base pay increases across the Group when determining the base salary increases for Executive 
Directors. The Committee envisages that the US remuneration context will increasingly play a role when 
considering pay elsewhere in the Group. 

The Remuneration Committee does not consult with employees over the effectiveness and appropriateness of 
the executive remuneration policy and framework; however, Remuneration Committee members are also Board 
members and therefore receive updates from the Executive Directors on their discussions and consultations with 
the wider employee population, and senior colleagues present to the Board on a regular basis. During the year, 
the Board received an update on our people strategy from the Chief People Officer, including our approach to 
retention throughout the Group. The Board also normally makes at least one operational visit during the year.

In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, Kevin Havelock was appointed in 2018 as the Group’s designated 
Non-Executive Director responsible for engaging with employees and ensuring that the employee voice is 
represented in the boardroom. During 2021, he attended employee group meetings and engaged with employees 
on multiple occasions throughout the Group’s network. Feedback received through these channels, including 
on remuneration as applicable, was fed into Board discussions. For further details on workforce engagement 
activities please see pages 52 and 53.

Consideration of Shareholder Views 

The Committee is committed to ongoing dialogue with shareholders and welcomes feedback on Directors’ 
remuneration. The Committee undertook an extensive shareholder consultation exercise in advance of the 
implementation of the new executive remuneration framework in 2021. The Committee is very grateful to 
shareholders for their support and engagement throughout this process, which cumulated in a high-level of 
support for the Directors’ Remuneration Report at the 2021 AGM. 

The Committee will continue to monitor trends and developments in corporate governance and market practice to 
ensure the structure of executive remuneration at Fever-Tree remains appropriate in the context of both the Group’s 
growth and the governance environment. The Committee will continue to regularly engage with shareholders. 

Annual Report on Remuneration 

The following section provides details of how Fever-Tree’s remuneration policy was implemented during the 
financial year ending 31 December 2021. 

Remuneration Committee Membership and Activities in 2021 

The Remuneration Committee’s members as at 31 December 2021 were Coline McConville, who is the Chair of 
the Committee, Kevin Havelock, Domenic De Lorenzo and Laura Hagan. All members of the Committee are 
independent Non-Executive Directors. Bill Ronald, Company Chair, is also invited to attend meetings. 

The Committee operates under the Group’s agreed Terms of Reference which sets out its duties, including 
reviewing all senior executive appointments and determining the Group’s policy in respect of the terms of 
employment, including remuneration packages of Executive Directors and other designated members of senior 
management (including the Company Secretary). 

The Committee’s Terms of Reference are available on the Group’s website (www.fever-tree.com) and on request 
from the Company Secretary. The Remuneration Committee met formally twice during 2021 and also on an ad 
hoc basis when required.

90

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONGOVERNANCE  |  Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Remuneration Committee activities during the year were as follows:

•  Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2020.

•  Review and approval of the Executive Directors’ performance against 2020 annual objectives. 

• 

Implementation of changes in executive remuneration framework for 2021.

•  Determination of performance targets for the Executive Directors’ annual bonus for 2021.

•  Determination of performance targets for the 2021 LTIP grant.

•  Review of developments in corporate governance and best practice. 

•  Review of remuneration arrangements and policies for senior management and the wider Group.

Advisers 

During the year, the Committee sought internal support from the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer, who attended Committee meetings by invitation from the Committee Chair, to advise on specific questions 
raised by the Committee and on matters relating to the performance and remuneration of senior managers. 
The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chair were not present for any discussions that related 
directly to their own remuneration. 

The Committee has appointed Deloitte to provide independent advice on executive remuneration matters. Deloitte 
is a signatory to the Code of Conduct for Remuneration Consultants in the UK. The fees paid to Deloitte in relation 
to advice provided to the Committee for 2021 were £17,100. The Committee evaluates the support provided by 
Deloitte annually and is comfortable that they do not have any connections with Fever-Tree that may impair their 
independence. No non-remuneration related advice was provided by Deloitte to the Group in the year.

Single Total Figure of Remuneration for Executive Directors

The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Executive Director for the year 
ended 31 December 2021 and the prior year:

Basic salary/fees 
(£k)

Taxable benefits
(£k)

Pension
(£k)

Annual bonus
(£k)

LTIP
(£k)

Total
(£k)

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

20211

20202

2021

2020

Executive Director

Tim Warrillow

£401

394

Andy 
Branchflower

Non-Executive  
Director

£258

253

Bill Ronald

160

140

Coline McConville

Kevin Havelock

Jeff Popkin

Domenic De 
Lorenzo

Laura Hagan3

Charles Rolls4

72

55

55

65

34

–

67

52

52

62

-

48

2

2

–

–

–

2

2

–

–

–

28

18

–

–

–

24

392

484

15

252

311

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

-

-

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

823

904

530

581

160

140

72

55

55

65

34

-

67

52

52

62

-

48

1 

 LTIP awards granted in 2019 vest on 8 May 2022 based on performance to 2021. Performance targets were not met and awards therefore lapsed in full.

2 

 LTIP awards granted in 2018 were due to vest on 8 May 2021 based on performance to 2020. Performance targets were not met and awards therefore lapsed in full. 

3 

 Laura Hagan was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 20 May 2021.

4 

 Charles Rolls stepped down from his position as Non-Executive Deputy Chairman on 4 June 2020. Remuneration is shown to this date.

91

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT continued
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

Incentive Outcomes for the Year Ended 31 December 2021

Annual Bonus in Respect of 2021 Performance

The maximum annual bonus award for 2021 was 150% of salary for Tim Warrillow and Andy Branchflower. 
Performance was measured based 60% on turnover, 20% on EBITDA and 20% on a scorecard of environmental 
sustainability measures, including those related to the Group’s carbon footprint and commitment towards 
conservation causes. The performance targets were set to be stretching in the context of the external environment, 
rewarding Fever-Tree’s ability to adapt and respond to the challenges presented while also ensuring the maximum 
payout would only be achieved if exceptional performance was delivered. 

Revenue for 2021 was £311.1m which represented 23% growth on 2020 performance. Revenue performance 
was between target and stretch performance resulting in an 83.4% payout for this element. Despite delivering 
11% EBITDA growth, performance was below threshold and no element of this portion of the annual bonus will 
payout. ESG highlights included the work done to enable Fever-Tree to announce that all products sold in the UK 
are carbon neutral, being ranked in the top 10 best Food and Drink Companies to work for on a national basis and 
in the list of London’s best 50 best mid-sized companies to work for. More detail on these and other achievements 
is included in our Sustainability Review on pages 36 to 53. 

The Committee considered progress against ESG objectives to be strong, providing a good foundation to build from 
in future years, and judged that 75% of this element should be paid. Overall, the bonus paid was 65.1% of maximum.

Fever-Tree has grown rapidly since its establishment and our strategic focus is on continuing to drive rapid 
expansion to cement our market-leading position. As explained above, our market is highly competitive – we have 
consistently faced strong, robust competition from both large multinationals and more focused, similar local brands. 
As a result, the Committee strongly believes that the targets set for our incentive arrangements could provide market 
intelligence to our competitors which could be damaging to our business and therefore ultimately to shareholders. 
Consequently, and in line with previous years, we have not disclosed our annual bonus targets for 2021, but we plan 
to do so next year, provided the Board is comfortable that this information is no longer commercially sensitive. 

Last year, we committed to disclose within this report the annual bonus targets for 2020, unless the Board 
considered that these targets continue to be commercially sensitive. In keeping with this commitment, we have 
provided these performance targets below. Overall, the Executive Directors received a bonus of 82% of maximum 
in respect of 2020. 

Annual Bonus Targets for 2020

Turnover

EBITDA 

Threshold 
25% payout

Target
50% payout

Stretch
70% payout

Maximum
100% payout

Actual 
performance 
achieved for 
2020

£215.0m

£231.8m

£245.2m

£260.5m

£252.1m

£40.0m

£48.0m

£54.5m

£65.7m

£57.0m

Payout (% of 
maximum)

84%

77%

Weighting

75%

25%

LTIP Vesting in Respect of 2021 Performance 

LTIP awards granted in 2019 vest on 8 May 2022 based on performance to 2021. These awards were based 
75% on turnover and 25% on EBITDA. The targets were set in 2019 to be exceptionally stretching, reflecting 
our ambitious growth strategy. Despite the strong financial performance of our business in very challenging 
circumstances, the impact of the current external environment on performance for 2021 meant that performance 
targets were not met and therefore these awards will lapse in full. 

Performance Targets for the 2019 LTIP Award

Turnover

EBITDA 

Total 

Target 
25% vesting

Maximum
100% payout

Performance 
achieved

Portion vesting

£354.7m

£453.2m

£311.1m

£104.6m

£135.3m

£63.0m

0%

0%

0%

Weighting

75%

25%

92

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONGOVERNANCE  |  Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Scheme Interests Awarded in 2021 

2021 LTIP

In 2021, a “core” LTIP award was granted at a face value of 300% of salary to both Executive Directors. The awards 
will vest on 28 April 2024 subject to the achievement of a stretching performance condition based 75% on turnover 
and 25% on EBITDA. 

In addition to the “core” LTIP award, an additional LTIP award was also granted to both Executive Directors with 
a face value of 150% of salary. This additional award will vest 28 April 2024 subject to stretching international 
revenue growth targets. 

The three-year performance period began on 1 January 2021 and will end on 31 December 2023.

Executive Director

Date of grant

Face value1

End of performance period

Performance measures

Tim Warrillow

20 May 2021

Andy Branchflower

20 May 2021

76,065 shares 
(£1,811,283)

48,903 shares 
(£1,164,493)

31 December 2023

“Core” LTIP award – 75% on turnover  
and 25% on EBITDA

Additional LTIP award – 100% on 
international revenue growth

(25% vests for threshold performance, 
increasing on a straight line to full vesting  
for stretch performance)

1  Face value based on the average ordinary share price in the Company for the two months immediately preceding the date of grant of 2,381.23p.

Performance Targets for the 2021 LTIP Award

LTIP performance targets for the above awards were set, taking into account internal and external reference 
points, to be stretching but achievable with regard to our strategic priorities and the economic environment. 
In line with the commitment made last year, full disclosure of performance targets is provided below. 

”Core” LTIP Award

Turnover

EBITDA 

Additional LTIP Award

International revenue1

Weighting

75%

25%

Target  
25% vesting

Maximum  
100% payout

£372.9m

£421.9m

£85.4m

£100.0m

Weighting

Target  
25% vesting

Maximum  
100% payout

100%

£244.8m

£275.4m

1   Defined as Group revenue less UK revenue less GDP portfolio brand revenue.

Considering shareholder feedback and to increase transparency over executive remuneration arrangements, 
performance targets for the 2020 LTIP award are also disclosed below.

Performance Targets for the 2020 LTIP Award

Turnover

EBITDA 

Weighting

75%

25%

Target  
25% vesting

Maximum  
100% payout

£324.0m

£365.0m

£77.5m

£100.0m

93

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT continued
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

Exit Payments made in the Year 

There were no payments for loss of office in the year. 

Payments to Past Directors 

There were no payments to past Directors in the year.

Pay for Performance 

The following chart compares the total shareholder return performance (TSR) of the Group vs. the FTSE 250  
and AIM 100 indices since IPO. The AIM 100 index has been chosen as this is the index of which the Company is 
a constituent. The FTSE 250 has been chosen as it includes other companies of comparable market capitalisation 
to Fever-Tree.

Total shareholder return performance

Fever-Tree

FTSE 250

AIM 100

£1,800

£1,600

£1,400

£1,200

£1,000

£800

£600

£400

£200

07 Nov 2014

31 Dec 2014

31 Dec 2015

31 Dec 2016

31 Dec 2017

31 Dec 2018

31 Dec 2019

31 Dec 2020

31 Dec 2021

The chart shows the value by 31 December 2021 of £100 invested in Fever-Tree on 7 November 2014 compared 
with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE 250 Index and the FTSE AIM 100 Index on the same date. 

The table below shows the CEO’s single figure pay since 2014 and what percentage of the maximum bonus and 
LTIP vesting was achieved each year.

CEO single figure  
(£000)

Annual bonus 
payout  
(% of maximum)

LTIP vesting  
(% of maximum)

2014
£000

487

2015
£000

460

2016
£000

725

2017
£000

20181
£000

2019
£000

842

4,098

1,373

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

0%

–

–

–

–

100%

100%

2020
£000

904

81%

0%

2021
£000

823

65%

0%

1 

 The CEO single figure for 2018 includes the value of the 2016 LTIP award. This award, which vested in full, had a value of £3,176k given share price growth of over 
300% between the date of grant and date of vest.

94

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONGOVERNANCE  |  Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Directors’ Interests and Shareholding

The table below shows the shareholding of each Director against their respective shareholding requirement as at 
31 December 2021:

Director

Tim Warrillow

Andy Branchflower

Bill Ronald

Coline McConville

Kevin Havelock

Jeff Popkin

Dom De Lorenzo

Laura Hagan

Ordinary shares  
at 31 Dec 2021

Vested but  
not exercised

5,460,172

141,488

400,000

11,406

92,747

12,033

3,500

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Options held

Unvested and 
subject to continued 
employment

183,866

118,208

–

–

–

–

–

–

Options exercised

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Shareholding  
Requirement 
(% salary)

200%

200%

–

–

–

–

–

–

Requirement met?

Yes

Yes

–

–

–

–

–

–

Directors’ Interests in Shares and Options 

The individual interests of the Executive Directors under the Group’s share option schemes are as follows:

Date of grant

Share price1

Exercise price

Number of 
shares/ options 
Awarded

Face value  
at grant

Performance period

Release date

Tim Warrillow

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

20/05/21

2,381.23p

20/05/20

1,435.29p

08/05/19

2,950.10p

Andrew Branchflower

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

20/05/21

2,381.23p

20/05/20

1,435.29p

08/05/19

2,950.10p

0.25p

0.25p

0.25p

0.25p

0.25p

0.25p

76,065 £1,811,283

01/01/2021 – 31/12/2023

28/04/24

68,561

£984,049

01/01/2020 – 31/12/2022

20/05/23

39,240

£1,157,619

01/01/2019 – 31/12/2021

08/05/22

48,903 £1,164,493

01/01/2021 – 31/12/2023

28/04/24

44,079

£632,661

01/01/2020 – 31/12/2022

20/05/23

25,226

£744,192

01/01/2019 – 31/12/2021

08/05/22

1  Based on the average mid-market price of an ordinary share in the Company for the two months immediately preceding the date of grant.

95

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONDIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors present their report 
together with the audited financial 
statements for the year ended 
31 December 2021. The Corporate 
Governance Statement on pages 
72 to 75 also forms part of this 
Directors’ Report.

Dividends

The Board is pleased to recommend 
a final dividend of 10.47 pence per 
share and a special dividend of 
42.90 pence per share, bringing the 
total dividend for 2021 to 58.89 
pence per share (2020: 15.68 pence 
per share).

Directors

The Directors of the Group during 
the period and to the date  
of this report are as follows:

WDG Ronald 
TDG Warrillow 
AJ Branchflower 
CL McConville 
KJ Havelock 
J Popkin 
D De Lorenzo 
LK Hagan (appointed 20 May 2021)

The names of the Directors, along 
with their brief biographical details 
are given on pages 70 and 71.

Directors’ Interests

The Directors’ interests in the 
Company’s shares and options over 
ordinary shares are shown in the 
Remuneration Report on pages 82 
to 95.

No Director has any beneficial 
interest in the share capital of any 
subsidiary or associate undertaking.

Directors’ Indemnity 
Provisions

As permitted by the Articles of 
Association, the Directors have the 
benefit of an indemnity which is a 
qualifying third party indemnity 
provision as defined by s236 of the 
Companies Act 2006. The indemnity 

was in force throughout the 
financial period and at the date of 
approval of the financial statements. 
The Group also purchased and 
maintained throughout the financial 
period Directors’ and Officers’ 
liability insurance in respect of itself 
and its Directors.

Political Donations

The Group made no political 
donations in the financial period.

Disclosure of Information  
to Auditor

As far as the Directors are 
aware, there is no relevant audit 
information (that is, information 
needed by the Group’s Auditor in 
connection with preparing their 
Report) of which the Group’s 
Auditor is unaware, and each 
Director has taken all reasonable 
steps that they ought to have taken 
as a Director in order to make 
themself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that 
the Group’s Auditor is aware of that 
information.

Financial Instruments

The financial risk management 
objectives of the Group, including 
credit risk, interest rate risk and 
currency risk, are provided in note 
3 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements on pages 119 to 122.

Subsidiaries

The Company has ten subsidiaries; 
a complete list is provided at note 
15 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements on page 131.

Share Capital Structure

At 31 December 2021, the 
Company’s issued share capital was 
£291,375 divided into 116,550,000 
ordinary shares of 0.25p each. 
Further details of the Company’s 
issued share capital are given in note 
22 on page 134. 

The Company’s ordinary shares 
rank pari passu in all respects with 
each other, including for voting 
purposes and for all dividends. Each 
share carries the right to one vote at 
general meetings of the Company. 
Further information on the voting 
and other rights of shareholders, 
including deadlines for exercising 
voting rights, are set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association 
and in the explanatory notes 
that accompany the Notice of the 
Annual General Meeting, which are 
available on the Company’s website 
(www.fever-tree.com). 

Restriction on Shares

The Company’s ordinary shares 
are freely transferable and there 
are no restrictions on the size 
of a holding. Transfers of shares 
are governed by the provisions of 
the Articles of Association and 
prevailing legislation. The ordinary 
shares are not redeemable; however, 
the Company may purchase any 
of the ordinary shares, subject to 
prevailing legislation and other 
relevant rules. 

The Directors are not aware of any 
agreements between holders of the 
Company’s shares that may result 
in the restriction of the transfer of 
securities or on voting rights. No 
shareholder holds securities carrying 
any special rights or control over the 
Company’s share capital. 

Authority to Allot and 
Purchase own Shares

At the 2021 Annual General 
Meeting, the Directors were granted 
the authority to allot ordinary shares 
in the Company up to an aggregate 
nominal value of £97,099. The 
Company was also authorised by 
shareholder resolution at the 2021 
Annual General Meeting to purchase 
up to 10% of its issued share 
capital. No shares were allotted or 
purchased by the Company during 
the year under these authorities.

96

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONGOVERNANCE  |  Directors’ Report

Significant Shareholders

As of 31 December 2021, the Company is aware of the following holdings  
of significant shareholders in the Company (as defined in the AIM Rules). 

Name

Holding (shares, millions)

Lindsell Train Investment Management

Capital Group

Morgan Stanley Investment Management 

Fundsmith

Mr Charles Rolls

Mr Timothy Warrillow

Share Option Schemes

Details of employee share schemes 
are set out on page 135 in note 
23 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.

Appointment and Retirement 
of Directors

The rules for appointing and 
replacing Directors are set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association. 
Directors can be appointed by 
ordinary resolution of the Company 
or by the Board. The Company can 
remove a Director from office by 
passing an ordinary resolution.

Articles of Association

The Company’s Articles of 
Association can only be amended  
by special resolution and are 
available at www.fever-tree.com/
en_GB/investors.

Going Concern

After making enquiries, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group and Parent Company have 
adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for at least 12 
months from the date of approval of 
the financial statements. In reaching 
this conclusion, the Directors have 
considered the current situation 
in Ukraine. Whilst the Group has 
no direct supply chain exposure to 
Ukraine or Russia, the Directors are 
mindful of the impact a sustained 
change to commodity pricing or 
wider disruption to global supply of 
key packaging raw materials could 
have on trading. 

9.70

7.56

6.78

6.03

5.59

5.46

%

8.35

6.48

5.82

5.18

4.79

4.68

However, with reference to the 
scenarios modelled as part of 
our viability assessment, which 
demonstrate significant resilience 
under prudent assumptions for 
inflationary cost increases and 
potential business interruption 
events, the Directors have concluded 
that no further scenario modelling 
is required with regards the current 
situation in Ukraine. For this 
reason, they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements.

Significant Events since the 
End of the Financial Year

There have been no material 
events affecting the Group since 
1 January 2022.

Strategic Report

This is set out on pages 9 to 68 and 
includes the Group’s Sustainability 
Review (which includes the Group’s 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting), a description of how 
the Group engages with its key 
stakeholders and an indication of 
potential future developments.

Research and Development

The Group carries out such  
research and development as it 
deems necessary to support its 
principal activities.

97

Directors’ Statement

The Directors believe that the 
Annual Report and financial 
statements, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

The Directors have carried out a 
robust assessment of the Group’s 
emerging and principal risks and 
the disclosures in the Annual Report 
that describe the principal risks and 
the procedures in place to identify 
emerging risks and explain how they 
are being managed or mitigated.

Auditor

BDO LLP has expressed their 
willingness to continue in office as 
Auditor and a resolution to reappoint 
them will be proposed at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting

The Annual General Meeting will be 
held on 19 May 2022 at 11.30am.

The ordinary business comprises 
receipt of the Directors’ Report 
and audited financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 
2021, approval of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the 
year ended 31 December 2021, 
the re-election of Directors, the 
reappointment of BDO LLP as 
Auditor and authorisation of 
the Directors to determine the 
Auditors’ remuneration. 

The Notice of Annual General 
Meeting and the ordinary and 
special resolutions to be put to 
the meeting will be separately 
announced by the Company.

Approval

This Directors’ Report was approved 
by the Board and was signed on its 
behalf on 15 March 2022.

ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONSTATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

The Directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Company’s transactions 
and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the Group and Company, 
and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 
2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group 
and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for 
ensuring the Annual Report and 
the financial statements are made 
available on a website. Financial 
statements are published on the 
Company’s website in accordance 
with legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial 
statements, which may vary from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. 
The maintenance and integrity 
of the Company’s website is the 
responsibility of the Directors. 
The Directors’ responsibility also 
extends to the ongoing integrity 
of the financial statements 
contained therein.

The Directors are responsible 
for preparing the Annual Report 
and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors 
to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that 
law the Directors have elected to 
prepare the Group’s Consolidated 
Financial Statements in accordance 
with the UK adopted international 
accounting standards and the 
Company Financial Statements in 
accordance with FRS 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework”. Under 
company law the Directors must not 
approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs of the Group and Company 
and of the profit or loss of the Group 
for that period. The Directors are 
also required to prepare financial 
statements in accordance with the 
rules of the London Stock Exchange 
for companies trading securities on 
the Alternative Investment Market.

In preparing these financial 
statements, the Directors are 
required to:

• 

select suitable accounting 
policies and then apply them 
consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent;

• 

state whether they have been 
prepared in accordance with 
the UK adopted IFRSs, subject 
to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements; and

•  prepare the financial statements 

on a going concern basis unless it 
is inappropriate to presume that 
the Company will continue in 
business.

98

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTS

100  Independent Auditors’ Report

108  Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

109  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

110  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

111  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

112  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

138  Company Statement of Financial Position

139  Company Statement of Changes in Equity

140  Notes to the Company Financial Statements

99

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2CONTENTS GENERATION – SECTIONINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC

Opinion on the Financial Statements
In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs 
as at 31 December 2021 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international 
accounting standards;

the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and

• 

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of Fevertree Drinks PLC (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries 
(the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2021 which comprise the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss 
and Other Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, the Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the Company Statement of Financial Position, 
the Company Statement of Changes in Equity and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of 
significant accounting policies. 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements 
is applicable law and UK adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that 
has been applied in the preparation of the Parent Company financial statements is applicable law and United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework 
(United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Independence

We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that 
are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to 
listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

Conclusions Relating to Going Concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis 
of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ 
assessment of the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

•  The Directors’ assessment of going concern: we obtained an understanding of the process undertaken by the 

Directors to prepare the going concern assessment and how the impacts of and recovery from COVID-19, post-
Brexit trading, the conflict in Ukraine, and the ongoing challenges of the global supply chain on the business 
had been evaluated and incorporated into the forecasts.

•  Assessment of assumptions within the cash flow forecasts: we challenged the assumptions used in the 

forecasts, in particular the sales growth rates, gross margins and cash flows generated from operations against 
actuals achieved in recent financial years. We considered the Group’s assessment of the financial impact of 
COVID-19, supply chain challenges, the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, and Brexit with reference to current 
year and post year-end financial results. We have corroborated Group assumptions used to external references 
where possible. 

100

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionFINANCIAL STATEMENTS  |  Independent Auditor’s Report

•  We tested the numerical accuracy of the model used to prepare the forecasts.

•  Cash balances: we agreed a significant amount of the Group cash balances to post year-end bank statements 

and compared these to the amounts included in the forecast.

•  Sensitivity analysis: evaluation of sensitivities over the Group’s cash flows to changes in the significant inputs 
and assumptions used. The analysis considered reasonably possible adverse effects that could arise as a result 
of a decrease in sales and further cost inflation, a slower than predicted recovery from COVID-19, or a business 
interruption event. 

•  Post year-end trading performance: comparison of the post year-end trading results to the forecasts so as to 

evaluate the accuracy and achievability of the forecasts prepared.

•  Disclosures: evaluation of the adequacy of the disclosures (note 1) in relation to the specific risks posed and 

scenarios the Group has considered in reaching their going concern assessment.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements 
are authorised for issue. 

In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have 
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements 
about whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the 
relevant sections of this report.

Overview

Coverage

103% (2020: 108%) of Group profit before tax* 
90% (2020: 96%) of Group revenue 
98% (2020: 94%) of Group total assets

* Our audit covers over 100% of Group profit before tax due  
to losses within non-significant components of the Group. 

Key audit matters

Revenue recognition – customer arrangements

2021 

2020

Group financial statements as a whole

Materiality

£2.9m (2020: £3.3m) based on 5% of the average Profit before tax over the previous three  
year period (2020: 5% of the average Profit before tax over the previous three year period).

101

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT continued
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC

An Overview of the Scope of our Audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the 
Group’s system of internal control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 
We also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including assessing whether there was 
evidence of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of material misstatement.

A full scope audit was completed by the Group audit team in respect of three significant components. There were 
two non-significant components identified, where the Group audit team performed specific audit procedures over 
certain in-scope balances. Certain inventory counts completed by third party managed warehouses were attended 
by BDO network firms in the United States, Germany, and Belgium in accordance with our instructions.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit 
of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: 
the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. This matter was addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming 
our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on this matter.

Key audit matter 

Revenue 
recognition 
– customer 
arrangements 
(Note 1)

The Group agrees promotional sales 
related discount arrangements with certain 
distributors and customers and, for some 
agreements, also contributes towards 
marketing and campaign expenditure to 
support and develop the Fever-Tree brand. 

The accounting for these arrangements is 
complex and judgemental. This gives rise 
to scope for error in the measurement, 
recognition and presentation of these 
promotional sales discounts and 
contributions as either a reduction in 
revenue or as marketing expenditure 
within administrative expenses. 

Furthermore, as these amounts are 
material and revenue is a key performance 
indicator, we consider there to be a risk 
of management override. Management 
could manipulate reported revenue and 
results through incomplete recording of 
the discounts and contributions or through 
presentation as administrative expenses 
rather than a deduction against revenue. 

We therefore identified this to be a 
significant audit risk and a significant area 
of focus for our audit.

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Our audit procedures included the following:

•  We reviewed a sample of contracts and discussed 

arrangements in place with management to obtain an 
understanding of the more significant arrangements with 
customers and challenge the accounting treatment for 
these. We considered the accounting for these customer 
arrangements in the context of relevant accounting standards. 

•  We tested a sample of revenue and marketing expense entries 
to agreed arrangements with customers and distributors to 
check that the Group’s accounting policy had been correctly 
applied and that the amounts had been correctly presented in 
the profit and loss account.

•  We tested whether amounts were accurately recorded in the 

correct accounting period through sampling and recalculating 
accruals for marketing commitments and price arrangements 
in place around the year end. 

•  We obtained corroborative third party evidence or 

documentation prepared by the Group to confirm the 
accounting treatment for these arrangements, including 
around year end. This included determining whether a 
distinct good or service has been received by the Group or 
whether payments to customers better reflect a sales price 
discount. 

Key observations:

Based on our audit procedures we have not identified evidence 
of inappropriate management override in the recording or 
presentation of revenue relating to customer arrangements 
and consider the judgements made by management in the 
recognition of these arrangements to be appropriate. 

We consider that the disclosures in the financial statements 
are appropriate and in accordance with relevant accounting 
standards.

102

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionFINANCIAL STATEMENTS  |  Independent Auditor’s Report

Our Application of Materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements. We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could 
influence the economic decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we 
use a lower materiality level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, 
misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the 
nature of identified misstatements, and the particular circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their 
effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and 
performance materiality as follows:

Materiality

Basis for determining  
materiality

Rationale for the  
benchmark applied

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

2021 £m

2.9

2020 £m

3.3

2021 £m

2.7

2020 £m

2.5

5% of 3 year average profit before tax

2% of total assets

We consider the benchmark of profit before 
tax is the most relevant measure of financial 
performance and the key metric for users of the 
Group’s financial statements. In the current and 
prior year, given the fluctuation in profit before 
tax, we considered a pre-tax profit averaged over 
the last three years to be appropriate.

We consider an asset based measure to best 
reflect the nature of the Parent Company which 
acts as a holding company for the Group’s 
investments in subsidiary undertakings.

Performance materiality

2.03

2.30

1.89

1.75

Basis for determining 
performance materiality

70% of materiality based on our experience and knowledge of the Group and Parent Company, 
Group structure, planned testing approach, and history of errors.

Component Materiality

We set materiality for each significant component of the Group based on a percentage of between 52% and 90% 
of Group materiality dependent on the size and our assessment of the risk of material misstatement of that 
component. Component materiality ranged from £1.5m to £2.7m. In the audit of each component, we further 
applied performance materiality levels of 70% of the component materiality to our testing to ensure that the risk 
of errors exceeding component materiality was appropriately mitigated.

Reporting Threshold 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of 
£58,000 (2020: £66,000). We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds.

103

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT continued
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC

Other Information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information 
included in the annual report and accounts other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. 
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is 
to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are 
required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. 
If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Corporate Governance Statement
As the Group has voluntarily adopted the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 we are required to review the 
Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance 
Statement relating to the Parent Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Statement specified for our review. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the 
Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
during the audit.

Going concern  
and longer-term 
viability 

•  The Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of 

accounting and any material uncertainties identified (set out on page 97); and

•  The Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the entity’s prospects, the period this assessment 

covers and why the period is appropriate (set out on page 68).

Other Code 
provisions

•  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 97; 

•  Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks 

(set out on page 97); 

•  The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and 

internal control systems (set out on pages 77 and 78); and

•  The section describing the work of the Audit Committee (set out on pages 76 to 79).

104

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionFINANCIAL STATEMENTS  |  Independent Auditor’s Report

Other Companies Act 2006 Reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are 
required by the Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below. 

Strategic Report and 
Directors’ Report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for 

which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable 

legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its 
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the 
Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report.

Matters on which 
we are required to 
report by exception 

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 
2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our 

audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and 

returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the statement of Directors’ responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such 
internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and 
using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent 
Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud 
or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

105

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT continued
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC

Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures 
in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, 
including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is 
detailed below:

•  We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks applicable to the Group. The most 
significant of these was considered to be the applicable financial reporting frameworks (UK adopted 
International Financial Reporting Standards, FRS 101, Companies Act 2006 and the UK Corporate 
Governance Code), relevant tax compliance regulations, AIM rules, and food standards legislation in the 
jurisdictions in which the Group operates. 

•  We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including 

understanding where and how fraud might occur. This includes the procedures described in the Key Audit 
Matters section of this audit report to identify whether price related discounts were being appropriately 
recorded against revenue. We also considered performance targets and management remuneration incentives 
and how they could influence management to manage reported revenue and earnings. 

•  We obtained an understanding of the procedures and controls that the Group has established to address risks 
identified, or that otherwise prevent, deter and detect fraud. Where the risk was considered to be higher, we 
performed audit procedures to address each identified fraud risk. These procedures were designed to provide 
reasonable assurance that the financial statements were free of fraud or error.

•  Based on the understanding obtained, we designed audit procedures to identify non-compliance with the laws 
and regulations, as noted above. This included enquiries of in-house legal counsel, management, the Audit 
Committee, review of Board minutes, and correspondence with legal counsel and regulators.

•  We tested a sample of journal entries, focusing on journal entries containing characteristics of audit interest, 

year-end consolidation journals, journals processed by users with privileged IT systems access rights and those 
relating to revenue. 

•  We tested and challenged the key estimates and judgements made by management in preparing the financial 
statements for indications of bias or management override when presenting the results and financial position 
of the Group.

•  We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement 
team members and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations 
throughout the audit.

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the financial statements, 
recognising that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not 
detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, 
misrepresentations or through collusion. There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed and 
the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the 
financial statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.
org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

106

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionFINANCIAL STATEMENTS  |  Independent Auditor’s Report

Use of our Report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 
of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s 
members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To 
the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent 
Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed.

DIANE CAMPBELL 
Senior Statutory Auditor
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor

London, UK 
15 March 2022

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).

107

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross prof it

Administrative expenses

Adjusted EBITDA

Depreciation

Amortisation

Share based payment charges

Operating prof it

Finance income

Finance expense

Prof it before tax

Tax expense

Prof it for the year

Items that may be reclassif ied to prof it or loss

Foreign currency translation difference of foreign operations

Effective portion of cash flow hedges

Related tax

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share

Basic (pence)

Diluted (pence)

Note

4

11 & 13 

12

23

5

7

7

8

2021 
£m

311.1

(180.2)

130.9

(75.3)

63.0

(3.2)

(1.5)

(2.7)

55.6

0.3

(0.3)

55.6

(11.0)

44.6

–

(1.3)

0.3

(1.0)

43.6

2020 
£m

252.1

(135.8)

116.3

(65.0)

57.0

(2.7)

(1.1)

(1.9)

51.3

0.5

(0.2)

51.6

(9.9)

41.7

(0.2)

0.6

–

0.4

42.1

9

9

38.29

38.19

35.86

35.76

108

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionFINANCIAL STATEMENTS  |  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2021

At 31 December 2021

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax asset

Total non current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Corporation tax asset

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities

Corporation tax liability

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

Deferred tax liability

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to equity holders of the company

Share capital

Share premium

Capital redemption reserve

Cash flow hedge reserve

Translation reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

11

12

21

16

17

19

18

20

13

13

21

22

24

24

24

24

24

2021
£m

9.6

47.7

2.8

60.1

36.2

70.3

0.9

2.4

166.2

276.0

336.1

(49.4)

(0.1)

(0.7)

(0.6)

(50.8)

(2.1)

(1.6)

(3.7)

(54.5)

281.6

0.3

54.8

0.1

(0.2)

(0.2)

226.8

281.6

2020
£m

7.5

48.8

1.9

58.2

38.7

56.0

1.3

1.1

143.1

240.2

298.4

(42.4)

(0.1)

(0.7)

–

(43.2)

(1.1)

(1.5)

(2.6)

(45.8)

252.6

0.3

54.8

0.1

0.8

(0.2)

196,8

252.6

The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 15 March 2022 and 
were signed on its behalf by:

ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer

109

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Share  
capital  
£m

Share  
premium 
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve 
£m

Translation  
reserve 
£m

Retained  
earnings 
£m

Equity as at 31 December 2019

0.3

54.8

0.1

0.2

Profit for the year

Foreign currency translation difference of 
foreign operations

Effective portion of cash flow hedges

Total comprehensive income for the year

Contributions by and distributions to owners

Dividends issued

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments

Shares issued

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.6

0.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.2)

–

(0.2)

–

–

–

–

Total 
£m

226.1

41.7

(0.2)

0.6

42.1

170.7

41.7

–

–

41.7

(17.8)

(17.8)

1.9

0.3

–

1.9

0.3

–

Equity as at 31 December 2020

0.3

54.8

0.1

0.8

(0.2)

196.8

252.6

Prof it for the year

Foreign currency translation difference of 
foreign operations

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Contributions by and distributions to owners

Dividends issued

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments

Shares issued

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1.0)

(1.0)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

44.6

44.6

–

–

44.6

–

(1.0)

43.6

(18.4)

(18.4)

2.7

1.1

–

2.7

1.1

–

Equity as at 31 December 2021

0.3

54.8

0.1

(0.2)

(0.2)

226.8

281.6

110

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionFINANCIAL STATEMENTS  |  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Operating activities

Profit before tax

Finance expense

Finance income

Depreciation

Amortisation of intangible assets

Share based payments

Impairment losses on receivables and inventories

Gain on disposal of fixed asset

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

(Decrease)/increase in derivative asset/liability

Cash generated from operations

Income taxes paid

Net cash f lows from operating activities

Investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Interest received

Investment in intangible assets

Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Interest paid

Dividends paid

Repayment of loan

Payment of lease liabilities

Net cash used in f inancing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Effect of movements in exchange rates on cash held

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

111

2021
£m

55.6

0.3

(0.3)

3.2

1.5

2.7

3.8

0.1

66.9

(14.6)

0.5

7.7

(2.8)

(9.2)

57.7

(10.9)

46.8

(3.6)

0.3

(1.0)

–

(4.3)

(0.2)

(18.4)

(0.1)

(0.6)

(19.3)

23.2

143.1

(0.1)

166.2

2020
£m

51.6

0.2

(0.5)

2.7

1.1

1.9

–

–

57.0

4.0

(17.2)

10.8

–

(2.4)

54.6

(16.5)

38.1

(2.6)

0.5

–

(1.7)

(3.8)

(0.2)

(17.8)

(0.9)

(0.7)

(19.6)

14.7

128.3

0.1

143.1

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

1.  Accounting Policies
Basis of Preparation

Fevertree Drinks PLC (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies 
Act 2006. It is a public company limited by shares, domiciled in England and Wales, in the United Kingdom.  
The address of its registered office is Kildare House, 3 Dorset Rise, London, EC4Y 8EN. These consolidated 
financial statements comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the ‘Group’).

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

There are a number of amendments to accounting standards, or IFRIC interpretations that are effective for the 
year ended 31 December 2021. The Group has concluded that none of these amendments have a material impact 
on the consolidated financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling. Amounts are presented in millions, rounded to 
the nearest £100,000, unless otherwise stated. 

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out 
below. The policies have been consistently applied to all of the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

The impact of COVID-19 and the ongoing instability in Ukraine has been reflected in the Directors’ assessment of 
the going concern basis of preparation. This has been considered by modelling the impact on the Group’s cashflow 
for the period to the end of March 2023. In completing this exercise, the Directors established there were no 
plausible scenarios that would result in the Group no longer continuing as a going concern.

The Directors have therefore concluded that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for at least the 12 months following the publication of the financial statements, that it is appropriate to continue to 
adopt the going concern basis of preparation in the financial statements, that there is not a material uncertainty in 
relation to going concern and that there is no significant judgement involved in making that assessment. 

Basis of Consolidation

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is 
transferred to the Group. 

Intragroup balances including unrealised profit in stock, where inventory purchased from Group companies  
has not been sold on to third parties, are eliminated upon consolidation.

Business Combinations

Business combinations are reflected through the acquisition method of accounting. Identifiable assets and 
liabilities, including intangible assets and contingent liabilities, are recognised at fair value as at the date of 
acquisition. The consideration payable is also measured at fair value. 

The difference between the fair value of consideration transferred and the identifiable net assets received is 
recognised as goodwill. Any payments to former owners, contingent on continued employment are recognised  
as administrative expenses as are all transaction related costs.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. There is only one type  
of product – premium carbonated mixers – thus the revenue recognition policy is consistent across all sales. 

Revenue is recognised when the Group’s performance obligations are fulfilled i.e., when control over goods is 
transferred to customers. Customers obtain control of the goods when they are delivered to and have been accepted 
at their premises or made available for ex-works collection, depending on individual customer arrangements. 

112

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionContents_GEN_Page

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  |  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1.  Accounting policies continued
Revenue Recognition – continued

Invoices are generated at that point in time and are usually payable within 30 days. Revenue is recorded based on 
the price specified in sales invoices, net of any agreed discounts and rebates, and exclusive of value added tax on 
goods supplied to customers during the year. 

There are a variety of discounts and rebates provided to customers, which are assessed on a case-by-case basis 
as to whether the resulting payment to customers is for a distinct good or service (such as marketing) or for a 
promotional discount. 

If a payment to a customer is judged to be for a distinct good or service, this is accounted for as a cost in 
administrative expenses. If the payment is judged to represent a discount, this is accounted for as a reduction 
in the underlying transaction price. Management will restrict revenue to the amount that is highly unlikely 
to subsequently be reduced by promotion or discount. Accruals are included in the consolidated statement of 
financial position in respect of expected amounts necessary to meet the claims of the Group’s customers based on 
discount and rebate agreements in place. None of the discounts or rebates result in a material right being provided 
to the customer, as there are no cases where customers are given the option to purchase at a discount in the future 
as a result of their historical purchases. 

Returns are permitted, but typically these only occur in isolated instances where inaccuracy has been made in  
the order.

Expenditure

Expenditure is recognised in respect of goods and services received when supplied in accordance with contractual 
terms. A provision is made when a present obligation exists for a future liability relating to a past event and where 
the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated.

Goodwill

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of a business represents any excess of the fair value of the consideration over 
the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. The identifiable assets and liabilities acquired are 
incorporated into the consolidated financial statements at their fair value to the Group.

Goodwill is not amortised but tested for impairment annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the 
profit or loss and is not subsequently reversed. On disposal of a business, the attributable amount of goodwill is 
included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal. 

Impairment of Non-financial Assets

Impairment tests on goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are undertaken annually 
at the reporting date. Other non-financial assets are subject to impairment tests if there is any indication of 
impairment. Where the carrying value of an asset is judged to exceed its recoverable amount (i.e. the higher 
of value in use or the fair value less costs to sell), the asset is written down accordingly. With the exception of 
goodwill, all assets are subsequently reassessed for indications that an impairment loss previously recognised  
may no longer exist.

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the impairment test is  
carried out on the asset’s cash generating unit (i.e. the lowest group of assets, in which the asset belongs, for  
which there are separately identifiable cash flows). Goodwill is allocated on initial recognition to each of the 
Group’s cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination giving rise  
to the goodwill.

Impairment charges, and the reversal of previous impairment charges, are expensed/credited to the profit or loss. 
An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed.

113

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section1.  Accounting Policies continued
Externally Acquired Intangible Assets

Externally acquired intangible assets, including software, are initially recognised at cost and subsequently 
amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives.

The amortisation expense for both externally acquired and internally generated intangible assets is recognised 
within administrative expenses and charged as follows:

Computer Software – 20% per annum straight-line

Intangible Assets acquired as part of a business combination

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill 
where they satisfy the definition of an intangible asset. The cost of such intangible assets is their fair value at 
the acquisition date and comprises the Group’s brand names and customer relationships acquired. All intangible 
assets acquired through business combination are amortised over their estimated useful lives. 

The significant intangibles recognised by the Group, their useful economic lives and the methods used to 
determine the cost of the intangibles acquired in a business combination are as follows:

Intangible asset

Brands

Customer relationships

Useful economic life

20 years

10 years

Valuation method

Fair value

Fair value

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are measured at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and, where appropriate, provision for impairment in value. Amortisation is included 
within administrative expenses.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Items of property, plant and equipment are initially recognised at cost. As well as the purchase price, cost includes 
directly attributable costs. Subsequently, property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less the accumulated 
depreciation and, where appropriate, provision for impairment in value or estimated loss on disposal.

Depreciation is provided on all items of property, plant and equipment so as to write off their carrying value over the 
expected useful economic lives. It is included within administrative expenses and is charged at the following rates:

Leasehold property – over the life of the lease

Fixtures and fittings – 33% per annum straight-line

Re-usable packaging – 20% per annum straight-line

Plant, equipment, and vehicles – 20% per annum straight-line

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Included within cash and cash equivalents are demand deposits and short-term deposits used for short-term cash 
requirements. The carrying amount of these assets approximates to their fair value. 

114

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continuedFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section1.  Accounting Policies continued
Financial Assets

The Group classifies its financial assets into the categories, discussed below, based upon the purpose for which 
the asset was acquired. The Group has not classified any of its financial assets as fair value through other 
comprehensive income (“FVOCI”).

Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”)

This category comprises only in-the-money derivatives (see “Financial liabilities” section for out-of-the-money 
derivatives) not used for hedge accounting purposes. They are carried in the consolidated statement of financial 
position at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 
Other than these derivative financial instruments, the Group does not have any assets classified as FVTPL.

Amortised Cost

The Group’s assets at amortised cost comprise trade and other receivables included within the consolidated 
statement of financial position and cash and cash equivalents including cash held at bank.

Trade and other receivables are classified as financial assets at amortised cost as they are held only with the 
purpose of collecting the contractual cash flows. They arise principally through the provision of services to 
customers (e.g. trade receivables), where the contractual cash flows comprise only the invoiced amounts, but also 
incorporate other types of contractual monetary assets in which payments comprise only principal and interest.

They are initially recognised at fair value plus, where relevant, directly attributable transactions costs and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less provision for impairment.

Impairment provisions are recognised based on the expected credit loss model, with the amount of such a 
provision being the difference between the net carrying amount and the present value of the future expected  
cash flows associated with the impaired receivable. For trade receivables, which are reported net, such provisions 
are recorded in a separate allowance account with the loss being recognised separately in the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. On confirmation that the trade receivables will  
not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the asset is written off against the associated provision.

Financial Liabilities

The Group classifies its financial liabilities into one of two categories, depending on the purpose for which the 
liability was acquired:

Fair value through profit or loss

This category comprises only out-of-the-money derivatives (see “Financial assets” for in-the-money derivatives) 
not used for hedge accounting purposes. They are carried in the consolidated statement of financial position at 
fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the profit or loss. 

Other financial liabilities

The Group’s other financial liabilities comprise bank loans, trade payables and other borrowings, including 
short-term monetary liabilities. Bank loans are initially recognised at fair value net of any transaction costs 
directly attributable to the issue of the instrument. Such interest-bearing liabilities are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, which ensures that any interest expense over the period 
to repayment is at a constant rate on the balance of the liability carried in the consolidated statement of financial 
position. The interest expense includes initial transaction costs and premiums payable on redemption, as well as 
any interest coupon payable while the liability is outstanding.

Trade payables, other borrowings and other short-term monetary liabilities, which are initially recognised at fair 
value, are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

115

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section1.  Accounting policies continued
Hedge Accounting

The Group designates a portion of its derivatives as cash flow hedges, hedging the currency risk of highly  
probable forecast future sales transactions by utilising forward contracts. The forward rate designation accounting 
approach is used, which includes the forward element of the derivative in the hedge designation. Changes in 
fair value of the effective portion of the hedge accounted derivatives are recognised in other comprehensive 
income before being recycled to the statement of profit or loss when the forecasted cash flow affects the profit or 
loss. Hedge effectiveness is forward looking and is tested on an ongoing basis. The Group utilises critical terms 
matching to assess effectiveness and any ineffectiveness is recognised immediately in the profit or loss. 

Share Capital

Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they do not meet the 
definition of a financial liability. The Group’s ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments.

Leased Assets

When entering into a contract the Group assesses whether or not a lease exists. A lease exists if a contract conveys 
a right to control the use of an identified asset under a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Group 
has elected not to separate non-lease components for the lease of land and buildings. Leases of low value items 
and short-term leases (leases of less than 12 months at the commencement date) are charged to the profit or loss 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term in administrative expenses.

The Group recognises right-of-use assets at cost and lease liabilities at the lease commencement date based on the 
present value of future lease payments. Right of use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis in line with  
the Group’s accounting policy for property, plant and equipment. The lease liabilities are recognised at amortised 
cost using the effective interest rate method. Discount rates used reflect the incremental borrowing rate specific  
to the lease.

During the financial year, the Group has not revised the estimated lease term of any leases recognised on 
transition to IFRS 16, therefore there has been no adjustment to carrying amounts of the lease liability or right of 
use assets recognised.

In addition, during the financial year, the Group has not benefitted from rent concessions on any lease as a result 
of COVID- 19; therefore, amendments to IFRS 16 have not been applied.

Deferred Taxation

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the 
consolidated statement of financial position differs from its tax base, except for differences arising on:

• 

• 

• 

the initial recognition of goodwill;

the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and at the time 
of the transaction affects neither accounting or taxable profit; and

investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities where the Group is able to control the timing of the 
reversal of the difference and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be 
available against which the difference can be utilised. 

The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities or assets are settled or recovered. 
Deferred tax balances are not discounted.

116

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continuedFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section1.  Accounting policies continued
Deferred Taxation – continued

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
and liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority on either:

• 

the same taxable group company; or

•  different company entities which intend either to settle current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis, or to 

realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of 
deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be settled or recovered.

Deferred tax is recognised as income or an expense and included in profit or loss for the period except in relation 
to deferred tax on share based payments. If the amount of a future tax deduction exceeds the amount of the 
cumulative remuneration expense, the excess of the associated deferred tax is recognised directly in equity.

Inventories

Inventories are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realisable value after 
making allowance for obsolete and slow-moving items.

Weighted average cost is used to determine the cost of ordinarily interchangeable items by considering the cost of 
similar items at the beginning of the period and the cost of similar items purchased or produced during the period.

Operating Segments

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief 
operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the Board of Directors.

The Board considers that although the Group’s activity is generated from global sales across four regions (as 
shown in the Chairman’s statement and note 4), there is ultimately one overarching reporting and operating 
segment. This is due to the centralised nature of the Group, with many expenses incurred at the Group head 
office. Management reviews the performance of the Group by reference to total results against budget.

The total profit measures are operating profit, adjusted EBITDA and profit for the year, all disclosed on the face 
of the profit or loss. No differences exist between the basis of preparation of the performance measures used by 
management and the figures in the Group financial statements.

Adjusted EBITDA

Operating profit is adjusted for a number of non-cash items, including amortisation of the Fever-Tree brand 
intangible acquired in March 2013 and other intangible assets, depreciation, and the share based payment charge 
which recognises the fair value of share options granted. 

The intention is for adjusted EBITDA to provide a comparable, year on year indicator of underlying trading and 
operational performance. Adjusted EBITDA is the Group’s primary alternative performance measure (APM).

Share-based payments

Where share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the option at the date of grant is charged to 
the profit or loss over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting 
the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each reporting date so that, ultimately, the cumulative 
amount recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. Market vesting 
conditions are factored into the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are 
satisfied, a charge is made irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. 

Where share options are cancelled, their remaining unamortised fair value is fully written off through the profit  
or loss.

117

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section1.  Accounting policies continued
Foreign Currency
Functional and presentation currency

The consolidated financial statements of the Group are presented in pounds sterling. The presentation currency  
of the consolidated financial statements is the same as the functional currency of the Company. 

Transactions and balances

Transactions entered into by Group entities in a currency other than the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which they operate (their “functional currency”) are recorded at the rates ruling when the 
transactions occur. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the rates ruling at the 
reporting date. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of unsettled monetary assets and liabilities are 
recognised immediately in the profit or loss.

Foreign operations

The profit or loss and statement of cash flows of foreign operations are translated at the average rate of exchange 
during the period. The statement of financial position of a foreign operation is translated at the ruling rate at the 
reporting date. Exchange differences arising on opening net assets and arising on the translation of results at an 
average rate compared to a closing rate are both recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in 
the translation reserve.

2.  Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
Management has made estimates and accounting judgements within the financial statements; these are reviewed 
regularly and revisions to estimates are recognised prospectively. 

Customer Arrangements

An element of judgement is involved in determining whether payments to customers are in exchange for a distinct 
good or service under IFRS 15 or are instead a reduction in transaction price, namely in relation to discretionary 
marketing spend with our Europe and Rest of World distributors.

Management carefully assesses what is received in each individual arrangement with customers to determine 
the correct accounting treatment. Third party evidence is obtained to corroborate the information provided by 
customers. In the absence of clear evidence to the contrary, payments to customers are recognised as reductions  
to revenue. Management restricts revenue recognised to the amount that is highly unlikely to subsequently be 
reduced by customer arrangements.

Business Combinations

As detailed in note 1, the Group uses the acquisition method for business combinations as required by IFRS 3. 
Judgement is used in identifying and measuring the assets and liabilities acquired. Intangible assets such as 
customer relationships disclosed in note 12, rely on estimation of future performance and customer retention 
which are uncertain. External valuation experts have been used to assist in the valuation process.

Inventory Provision

Under IAS2, inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value, and as such are subject to 
estimates around the provision applied to certain inventory items. The level of provision recorded is subject to 
estimation uncertainty when determining the expected sales price of goods to customers in future, as well as 
assessing if items are slow-moving or obsolete.

Estimated Credit Loss Provision

The measurement of estimated credit losses for trade receivables requires the use of assumptions about future 
macroeconomic conditions and credit behaviour and the impact that these have on specific customer behaviour, 
such as the likelihood of customers defaulting and the resulting losses. For 2021, the Group assessed the default 
risk on a customer level and assigned a likelihood of default across all outstanding invoices, irrelevant of the age 
of such invoices. Due to the concentration of customers in our export markets and the potential macroeconomic 
implications of COVID-19 there has been a significant increase in the estimated credit loss provision for the year.

118

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continuedFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section3.  Financial Instruments and Risk Management
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management objectives and policies. 
The overall objective of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly 
affecting the Group’s competitiveness and flexibility.

All funding requirements and financial risks are managed based on policies and procedures adopted by the Board 
of Directors. The Group uses derivative financial instruments including forward currency contracts to manage its 
exposure to certain financial risks.

The Group is exposed to the following financial risks:

•  Credit risk

•  Liquidity risk

•  Pricing risk

•  Market risk

The Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. The principal financial instruments 
used by the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows:

•  Trade and other receivables

•  Cash and cash equivalents

•  Trade and other payables

•  Forward currency contracts

To the extent that financial instruments are not carried at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial 
position, the carrying values approximate fair values at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020.

Financial Instruments by Category
Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Derivative financial instruments in cash flow hedges

Other derivative financial instruments

Total f inancial assets

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Loans and borrowings

Derivative financial instruments in cash flow hedges

Other derivative financial instruments

Total f inancial liabilities

Financial assets at fair value

Financial assets at amortised cost

2021
£m

–

–

–

1.2

1.2

2020
£m

–

–

1.0

0.3

1.3

2021
£m

166.2

62.9

–

–

2020
£m

143.1

49.0

–

–

229.1

192.1

Financial liabilities at fair value 

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

2021
£m

–

–

–

0.3

–

0.3

2020
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

2021
£m

48.6

2.8

0.1

–

–

51.5

2020
£m

41.7

1.8

0.1

–

–

43.6

119

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section3.  Financial Instruments and Risk Management continued
Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails 
to meet its contractual obligations. The Group is mainly exposed to credit risk from credit sales. At 31 December 
2021 the Group has net trade receivables of £58.4m (2020: £47.9m).

The Group is exposed to credit risk in respect of these balances such that, if one or more customers encounter 
financial difficulties, this could materially and adversely affect the Group’s financial results. In order to minimise 
this risk, the Group endeavours only to deal with companies which are demonstrably creditworthy and this, 
together with the aggregate financial exposure, is continuously monitored. Companies which are not deemed  
to be creditworthy can only deal with the Group on a prepayment basis.

The Group further mitigates credit risk by undertaking credit insurance through “A” credit rated underwriters 
for some of its receivable balances. Supply of products by members of the Group results in trade receivables, 
which the management consider to be of low risk; other receivables are likewise considered to be low risk. The 
management do not consider that there is any concentration of risk within either trade or other receivables.

The Group performs an expected credit loss assessment for all trade receivables to calculate a provision for 
expected credit loss, based on historical credit loss information, current conditions and forecasts of future 
economic conditions. The simplified approach is used, in accordance with IFRS 9. The resulting provision in 
respect of outstanding balances at 31 December 2021 is not material. 

Trade receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery; indicators of this include  
the counterparty going into administration or receivership.

Credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is considered to be low as the counterparties are all substantial banks 
with investment grade credit ratings.

Liquidity Risk 

Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital. It is the risk that the Group will encounter 
difficulty in meeting its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group actively manages its cash generation and 
maintains sufficient cash holdings to cover its immediate obligations.

The Group actively manages its cash and currently holds substantial cash balances in Sterling, US Dollars and 
Euros. The Group should have access to additional equity funding if it was required. Trade and other payables are 
monitored as part of normal management routine. 

The contractual maturity profile (undiscounted) of the Group’s financial liabilities and derivatives is set out below. 

31 December 2021

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Bank borrowings principal

Derivative financial instruments (outflow)

Derivative financial instruments (inflow)

Within one year
£m

One to two years
£m

Two to five years
£m

Over five years 
£m

48.6

0.7

0.1

92.8

(91.8)

–

2.0

–

–

–

–

0.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

120

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continuedFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section3.  Financial Instruments and Risk Management continued
31 December 2020

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Bank borrowings principal

Derivative financial instruments outflow

Derivative financial instruments (inflow)

Pricing Risk

Within one year
£m

One to two years
£m

Two to five years
£m

Over five years 
£m

41.7

0.8

0.1

87.9

(86.9)

–

0.6

–

–

–

–

0.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Pricing risk is the risk that oscillation in the price of key input costs will affect the profitability of the business. 
The Group manages this risk by agreeing long-term prices with suppliers where possible.

Market Risk

Market risk arises from the Group’s interest-bearing, tradable and foreign currency financial instruments. It is 
the risk that the fair value, or future cash flows, of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in the 
interest rates (interest rate risk) or foreign exchange rates (foreign exchange risk).

(a) 

Interest rate risk

The Group’s policy is to balance exposure to interest rate risk with the cost and flexibility of funding. This policy 
is managed centrally. The requirement for interest rate hedging is reviewed periodically, being a mechanism 
available to manage interest rate risk. These reviews acknowledge that interest rate hedges will not necessarily 
protect the Group from the risk of paying rates in excess of current market rates nor eliminate cash flow risk 
associated with the variability in interest payments.

Judgements are therefore exercised in the context of the market and the materiality of the potential risk compared 
to the cost. The Group does not currently have any debt facilities, nor does it engage in interest rate hedging.

(b)  Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk is the risk that movements in exchange rates affect the profitability of the business. The 
Group is exposed to transaction foreign exchange risk as it operates predominantly within the US and Europe 
where transactions are denominated in US Dollars and Euros respectively. The exposure is limited to the extent 
to which there is a mismatch between the currencies in which sales, purchases, receivables and borrowings are 
denominated and the respective functional currencies of Group companies.

Forward contracts are used to manage foreign exchange risk. Those financial assets in currencies other than 
Sterling may be the subject of economic hedging arrangements using forward contracts. Receivables are carried 
in the consolidated statement of financial position at the rate of exchange at the period end. The derivative 
instruments are carried at fair value with that value being the contract value at the reporting date.

At 31 December 2021, there were commitments to purchase foreign currency exchange forward contracts with 
a total Sterling value of approximately £92.8m (2020: £87.9m) mainly in Euros and US Dollars. All contracts 
mature within 12 months of the reporting date.

Commitments to sell/(purchase) foreign currency exchange forward contracts

USD

EUR

Other currencies

2021

49.5

34.7

8.6

92.8

2020

46.2

31.0

10.7

87.9

Although the Board accepts that this policy does not protect the Group entirely from currency risk or from 
incurring an exchange rate in the future that is adverse to the then spot rate in operation, it considers that it 
achieves an appropriate balance against exposure to the risk. 

121

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section3.  Financial Instruments and Risk Management continued
Market Risk – continued
(b) 

Foreign exchange risk - continued

The summary quantitative data about the Group’s exposure to currency risk (before the effect of balance sheet 
hedging) is as follows. This includes intragroup balances which eliminate on consolidation.

Receivables

Payables

Cash

Total

Effect of Cash Flow Hedges

2021
Currency in m

Euro

22.7

(8.3)

16.2

30.6

USD

36.9

(0.9)

5.6

41.6

2020
Currency in m

Euro

19.3

(6.1)

3.8

17.0

USD

26.2

(0.5)

6.5

32.2

At 31 December 2021, the Group held derivatives with a notional value of £24.3m (2020: £36.6m) designated as 
hedging instruments for cash flow hedging purposes. They all have maturities in 2022 and have a range of hedged 
rates between EUR 1.15 – 1.18 and USD 1.32 – 1.41.

In respect of cash flow hedges the Group has recognised a net loss of £1.0m (2020: £0.6m gain) in other 
comprehensive income in the year due to changes in fair value, amounts transferred to profit and loss, and 
deferred tax related to hedging instruments. A gain of £1.7m (2020: £1.2m loss) has been transferred out of other 
comprehensive income to net revenue to offset the foreign exchange impact on the underlying transactions. There 
was no ineffectiveness recognised in the year.

Capital Management

The Group’s capital is made up of share capital, retained earnings and other reserves.

The Group’s objectives when maintaining capital are:

•  To safeguard the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns for 

shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders; and

•  To provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level 

of risk.

The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders’ equity as set out in the consolidated statement of 
changes in equity. All working capital requirements are financed from existing cash resources.

122

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continuedFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section4.  Revenue
(a) Revenue Streams

There is one revenue stream, being the sale of premium carbonated mixers. All revenue arises from this  
revenue stream.

Analysis of concentration of customers top 3 and other:

Customer 1

Customer 2

Customer 3

Other

An analysis of turnover by geographical market is given below:

United Kingdom

United States of America

Europe

Rest of the World

2021

9%

6%

6%

79%

100%

2021
£m

118.3

77.9

88.2

26.7

311.1

2020

11%

6%

6%

77%

100%

2020
£m

103.3

58.5

65.3

25.0

252.1

In the year ended 31 December 2021, the Group had one customer representing £30.2m of sales, accounting for 
9% of Group revenue (2020: one customer represented £30.8m of sales, accounting for 11% of revenue).

(b) Contract Balances

The following table provides information about receivables from contracts with customers. 

Receivables, which are included in “trade and other receivables”

Note

17

31 December 2021
£m

31 December 2020
£m

61.5

49.1

No information is provided about remaining performance obligations at 31 December 2021 that have an original 
expected duration of one year or less.

123

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section5.  Profit from Operations 
Operating profit is stated after charging:

Foreign exchange loss/(gain)

Depreciation

Amortisation of intangible assets

Lease payments directly through profit or loss (short-term leases)

Logistics and warehousing

Discretionary marketing

Share based payments

Net remeasurement of expected credit loss allowance

Auditors’ remuneration:

Fees for audit of the company

Fees for audit of subsidiaries

Non audit services*

2021
£m

0.3

3.2

1.5

0.1

35.2

29.2

2.7

1.9

0.2

0.1

0.0

2020
£m

0.2

2.7

1.1

0.1

19.5

25.2

1.9

0.1

0.2

0.1

0.0

* 

 Total audit fees in 2021 are £300,000 (2020: £260,000). Non audit services of £1,200 (2020: £21,100) have been rounded down to zero in the above disclosure. 
Fees of €35,000 are payable to an associate of the group’s auditor for the local statutory audit of the German subsidiary.

6.  Staff Costs

Wages and salaries

Employers national insurance

Pensions

2021
£m

22.2

2.3

1.1

25.6

The average monthly number of employees (including Directors) during the period was as follows:

Sales and Marketing

Production and Administration

Directors’ remuneration included in staff costs

Salaries

Bonuses

2021

132

139

271

2021
£m

1.2

0.6

1.8

2020
£m

19.3

2.3

0.6

22.2

2020

138

121

259

2020
£m

1.1

0.8

1.9

Total remuneration regarding the highest paid Director was £0.8m (2020: £4.3m). For 2020 the total 
remuneration regarding the highest paid Director includes the gain on exercise of share options, which is not 
included in staff costs. There were no director exercises of share options in 2021.

The Directors’ gain on exercise of share options was £Nil (2020: £7.3m). All of the share options that vested in 
2021 had performance criteria attached, and as is disclosed in the single figure table, performance targets were 
not met for the 2019 grants that vested in 2021.

124

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continuedFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section7.  Finance Income and Expenses

Finance income

Interest income

Finance expense

Interest on lease liabilities

Bank loan interest and other charges

8.  Income Tax

Current tax expense

Current tax on profits for the period

Adjustment in respect of prior period

Deferred tax expense

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustment in respect of prior period

Effect of tax rate change on opening balance

Total tax expense

2021
£m

0.3

0.3

0.1

0.2

0.3

2021
£m

10.6

(0.2)

10.4

0.4

(0.2)

0.4

11.0

2020
£m

0.5

0.5

0.1

0.1

0.2

2020
£m

10.0

0.9

10.9

(0.6)

(0.4)

–

9.9

The reasons for the difference between the actual tax charge for the year and the standard rate of corporation tax 
in the United Kingdom applied to profit for the year are as follows:

Profit for the year

Expected tax charge based on corporation tax rate of 19% in 2021 (19% in 2020)

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Effect of tax rate change on opening balance

Adjustment in respect of prior period

Differences in tax rates

Total tax expense

2021
£m

55.6

10.6

0.1

0.4

(0.4)

0.3

11.0

2020
£m

51.6

9.8

–

–

0.5

(0.4)

9.9

During the year, corporation tax relief of £nil (2020: £0.9m) was recognised within equity in relation to share 
options exercised in the period. 

125

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section9.  Earnings per Share

Prof it

Profit used in calculating basic and diluted EPS

Number of shares

2021
£m

44.6

2020
£m

41.7

Weighted average number of shares for the purpose of basic earnings per share

116,536,876

116,277,921

Weighted average number of dilutive employee share options outstanding

302,357

335,590

Weighted average number of shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share

116,839,233

116,613,511

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

Normalised EPS

Prof it

Reported profit before tax

Add back:

Amortisation

Adjusted profit before tax

Tax – assume standard rate (19%)

Normalised earnings

Number of shares

Normalised basic earnings per share (pence)

38.29

38.19

2021
£m

55.6

1.5

57.1

(10.8)

46.3

35.86

35.76

2020
£m

51.6

1.1

52.7

(10.0)

42.7

116,536,876

116,277,921

39.70

36.72

Normalised EPS is an APM in which earnings have been adjusted to exclude amortisation and the UK statutory 
tax rates have been applied (disregarding other tax adjusting items for comparability).

10.  Non-current Assets
Non-current assets by geographic location are as follows:

United Kingdom

US

Europe

Balance as at 31 December 2021

2021
£m

42.8

0.4

14.1

57.3

2020
£m

41.8

0.6

13.9

56.3

Non-current assets exclude deferred tax and financial instruments. Non-current assets in Europe are substantially 
all situated in Germany.

126

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continuedFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section11.  Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment comprises owned and leased assets, as follows:

Owned property, plant and equipment

Leased property, plant and equipment (right-of-use assets, see note 13)

Total property, plant and equipment

Owned property, plant and equipment is detailed as follows:

2021
£m

6.9

2.7

9.6

2020
£m

5.8

1.7

7.5

Leasehold 
property 
improvements
£m

Re-usable 
packaging
£m

Plant, equipment 
and vehicles
£m

Fixtures and 
fittings
£m

Totals
£m

Cost

At 31 December 2019

Acquisition of GDP

Additions

At 31 December 2020

Additions

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2021

Depreciation

At 31 December 2019

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 December 2021

Net book value

At 31 December 2021

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

6.4

–

2.1

8.5

3.5

(0.4)

–

11.6

2.2

1.6

3.8

1.9

(0.4)

5.3

6.3

4.7

4.2

0.5

–

–

0.5

0.1

–

–

0.6

0.2

0.1

0.3

0.1

–

0.4

0.2

0.2

0.3

0.8

0.1

0.2

1.1

–

–

–

1.1

0.4

0.2

0.6

0.3

–

0.9

0.2

0.5

0.4

8.4

0.1

2.5

11.0

3.6

(0.4)

–

14.2

3.1

2.1

5.2

2.5

(0.4)

7.3

6.9

5.8

5.3

0.7

–

0.2

0.9

–

–

–

0.9

0.3

0.2

0.5

0.2

–

0.7

0.2

0.4

0.4

127

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section12.  Intangible Assets

Cost

At 31 December 2019

Acquisition of GDP

Additions

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Additions

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2021

Amortisation

At 31 December 2019

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2020

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2021

Net book value

At 31 December 2021

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

Goodwill
£m

Brands
£m

Customer 
relationships
£m

Assets under 
development
£m

Software
£m

31.5

0.8

–

(0.1)

32.2

–

–

32.2

–

–

–

–

–

32.2

32.2

31.5

14.4

–

–

–

14.4

–

–

14.4

4.9

0.7

5.6

0.7

6.3

8.1

8.8

9.5

–

8.0

–

(0.1)

7.9

–

(0.5)

7.4

–

0.4

0.4

0.7

1.1

6.3

7.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.9

–

0.9

–

–

–

–

–

0.9

–

–

–

0.2

0.1

–

0.3

–

–

0.3

–

–

–

0.1

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.3

Totals
£m

45.9

9.0

0.1

(0.2)

54.8

0.9

(0.5)

55.2

4.9

1.1

6.0

1.5

7.5

47.7

48.8

41.0

Brands represent the fair value at the 12 March 2013 acquisition date of the “Fever-Tree” brand. The fair value was 
determined by applying the “relief from royalty” method to the estimated cash flows to be earned from the brand. 
The key management assumptions are around growth forecasts (over 20 years and at an ongoing growth rate of 3%), 
discount factors (a discount factor of 20% was used) and royalty percentage utilised. A brand useful life of 20 years 
is considered appropriate and projected cash flows have been discounted over this period.

Customer relationships represent the fair value on acquisition of the customer base of Global Drinks Partnership 
GmbH (GDP) on 1 July 2020. They were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method using a 5-year 
forecast followed by long-term growth at 1% reflecting local industry and inflation assumptions. A 10-year useful 
economic life is considered appropriate considering historic customer retention. Management did not identify any 
indicators of impairment in relation to individual intangible assets.

Goodwill recognised upon the acquisition of Fevertree Limited on 12 March 2013 and upon the acquisition of Global 
Drinks Partnership GmbH (GDP) on 1 July 2020 represented the difference between the consideration paid and the 
fair value of assets acquired, and liabilities assumed on each occasion.

In line with IAS 36, the cash generating unit(s) to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment at 
least annually by comparing the carrying amount of the unit(s), including the goodwill, with the recoverable amount 
of the unit(s). 

The impairment model for this group of CGUs is based on fair value less costs to sell using the quoted price of the 
Company’s shares as an estimate of the fair value less costs of disposal. This exercise showed significant headroom in 
the year. There is no reasonably possible change in key assumptions that would cause the recoverable amount of this 
group of CGUs to exceed their carrying amount.

128

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continuedFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section13.  Leases
The Group leases its office premises in London, New York and Germany, and a small fleet of motor vehicles used 
by its UK-based sales team and Germany-based team. 

Right-of-use assets:

Balance at 31 December 2019

Acquisition of GDP

Additions

Depreciation charge for the year

Balance at 31 December 2020

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation charge for the year

Exchange differences

Balance at 31 December 2021

Lease liabilities:

Undiscounted future cash flows

Not later than one year

Later than one year and not later than five years

Later than five years

Total undiscounted future cash flows

Lease liabilities at 31 December

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

Total lease liabilities

Amounts recognised in the profit or loss

Interest on lease liabilities

Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets

Charge relating to short-term leases

Amounts recognised in consolidated statement of cash flows

Total cash outflow for leases

129

Leasehold property
£m

Motor vehicles
£m

1.6

0.4

–

(0.5)

1.5

2.0

(0.3)

(0.6)

(0.1)

2.5

–

0.3

–

(0.1)

0.2

0.1

–

(0.1)

–

0.2

2021
£m

0.7

2.0

0.2

2.9

2021
£m

0.7

2.1

2.8

2021
£m

0.1

0.8

0.1

2021
£m

0.6

Total
£m

1.6

0.7

–

(0.6)

1.7

2.1

(0.3)

(0.7)

(0.1)

2.7

2020
£m

0.8

1.1

–

1.9

2020
£m

0.7

1.1

1.8

2020
£m

0.1

0.7

0.7

2020
£m

0.7

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section14.  Acquisition of GDP Global Drinks Partnership GmbH
There were no acquisitions in the current year.

On 1 July 2020, the Group completed the acquisition of the entire share capital of GDP Global Drinks Partnership 
GmbH (GDP). GDP has exclusively distributed Fever-Tree products across Germany for a number of years. GDP 
also distributes a number of other, complementary, premium products. 

The results of GDP were consolidated from 1 July 2020 onwards, contributing £14.6m to Group revenue and 
£2.0m to Group adjusted EBITDA in the prior year. If the acquisition had been made on 1 January 2020, 
management estimate, it would have contributed £23.4m to Group revenue and £2.5m to Group adjusted 
EBITDA. GDP was previously the Group’s sales agent in Germany therefore a portion of net revenue would have 
been recognised in other Group companies as principal had the acquisition not been made.

The measurement period for GDP ended in 2021 with no adjustments to the recognised assets or liabilities. 

Summary of acquisition of GDP

Intangible assets – Customer relationships

Property, plant, equipment, and Software

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liability

Fair value of net assets acquired

Goodwill

Consideration

Consideration satisfied by:

Cash consideration

Deferred consideration

Settlement of existing relationships

Consideration

Net cash flow – business combination

Cash consideration

Net cash acquired

Net cash outflow in respect of business combinations

130

2020
£m

8.0

0.9

1.0

2.6

0.3

(5.1)

(1.0)

(0.6)

2.0

(2.6)

5.5

0.8

6.3

2.0

0.4

3.9

6.3

2020
£m

2.0

(0.3)

1.7

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continuedFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section15.  Subsidiaries
The subsidiaries of the Company, which have been included in the consolidated financial statements, are as follows:

Principal activity

Incorporated Registered address

Name

Fevertree Limited

Fevertree USA Inc.*

Development and sale  
of premium mixer drinks 

Development and sale  
of premium mixer drinks

UK 

USA

USA

Fevertree USA Holding Co. Inc.*

The activities of a  
holding company

Fevertree USA Production Co. Inc.* Development and sale  

USA

of premium mixer drinks

Fevertree UK Limited*

Fevertree US Limited*

Fevertree Europe Limited*

Fevertree ROW Limited*

Fevertree Germany Limited*

Development and sale  
of premium mixer drinks

The activities of a  
holding company

Development and sale  
of premium mixer drinks

Development and sale  
of premium mixer drinks

Development and sale  
of premium mixer drinks

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

2021
Ownership  
%

2020
Ownership  
%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London, W6 7NL, UK 

251 Little Falls Drive, 
Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, 
USA

251 Little Falls Drive, 
Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, 
USA

251 Little Falls Drive, 
Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, 
USA

186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London, W6 7NL, UK

186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London, W6 7NL, UK

186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London, W6 7NL, UK

186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London, W6 7NL, UK

186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London, W6 7NL, UK

GDP Global Drinks Partnership 
GmbH*

Distribution of premium 
mixers and other drinks

Germany Marienstr. 17 80331 München 

100%

100%

DE

*  Denotes indirectly held subsidiary

16.  Inventories

Raw materials

Finished goods

2021
£m

9.8

26.4

36.2

2020
£m

8.7

30.0

38.7

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in the cost of sales amounted to £134.2m (2020: 
£106.8m). The amount charged to the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income in 
respect of impairment and write off of inventories to net realisable values was £4.4m (2020: £1.2m). Reasons for 
impairment included expired stock, wastage and damages. The impairment provision includes £1.1m relating to 
damaged stock at our German warehouse which is offset by an insurance receivable disclosed in other receivables 
– see note 17.

131

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section17.  Trade and Other Receivables 

Trade receivables

Expected credit loss provision

Net trade receivables

Other receivables

Total financial assets other than cash and cash equivalents held at amortised cost

Prepayments

Recoverable VAT

Total trade and other receivables

2021
£m

61.5

(3.1)

58.4

4.5

62.9

6.4

1.0

70.3

2020
£m

49.1

(1.2)

47.9

1.1

49.0

4.0

3.0

56.0

There is no material difference between the net book amount and the fair value of current trade and other 
receivables due to their short-term nature. 

There is a moderate level of concentration of credit risk to the Group’s trade receivables as the Group has a limited 
number of distributors for its export markets.

Expected Credit Loss assessment for customers as at 31 December 2021

The following table provides information about the exposure to credit risk and ECLs (expected credit losses) for 
trade receivables as at 31 December 2021. The simplified approach has been used, as permitted by IFRS 9.

31 December 2021

Current (not past due)

1–30 days past due

31–60 days past due

Over 60 days past due

31 December 2020

Current (not past due)

1–30 days past due

31–60 days past due

Over 60 days past due

Weighted average  
loss rate

Gross carrying 
amount
£m

Impairment loss 
allowance
£m

5%

7%

9%

8%

52.0

4.4

2.7

2.4

2.4

0.3

0.2

0.2

Weighted average  
loss rate

Gross carrying 
amount
£m

Impairment loss 
allowance
£m

2%

2%

11%

67%

41.2

6.7

0.9

0.3

0.8

0.1

0.1

0.2

Loss rates are based on actual credit loss experience. These rates are multiplied by scalar factors to reflect differences 
between economic conditions during the period over which the historical data has been collected, current conditions, 
credit insurance and the Group’s view of economic conditions over the expected lives of the receivables. 

Impaired receivables are only written off following the conclusion of administration proceedings.

Movements in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables

Movements in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

Balance at 1 January 

Amounts written off

Net remeasurement of loss allowance

Balance at 31 December 

132

2021
£m

1.2

–

1.9

3.1

2020
£m

1.3

(0.2)

0.1

1.2

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continuedFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section18.  Trade and Other Payables

Current

Trade payables

Accruals

Other

Total financial liabilities, excluding loans and borrowings,  
classified as financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Social security and other taxes

Total trade and other payables

2021
£m

19.6

24.8

4.2

48.6

0.8

49.4

2020
£m

20.9

15.6

5.2

41.7

0.7

42.4

There is no material difference between the net book amount and fair value of trade and other payables due to their 
short-term nature.

During the period the Group reviewed its Trade payables and accruals classifications. As a result of this review, 
£9.6m (2020: £9.9m) worth of Accruals were reclassified as Trade payables. This more accurately represents the 
nature of these liabilities where they have been in-principle agreed.

19.  Derivative Financial Instruments

Foreign currency exchange contracts: cash flow hedges

Foreign currency exchange contracts: other

Total derivative f inancial assets/(liabilities)

2021
£m

(0.3)

1.2

0.9

2020
£m

1.0

0.3

1.3

The fair value of a derivative financial instrument is split between current and non-current depending on the 
remaining maturity of the derivative contract and its contractual cash flows. All contracts mature in less than  
12 months; therefore, the instruments are classified as current.

The fair value of foreign exchange contracts is based on bank valuations. 

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the derivative instruments in the 
consolidated statement of financial position.

The increase in fair value on forward contracts not used for hedging purposes of £1.0m (2020: increase of 
£0.4m) has been included within the foreign exchange amount in note 3, with the unrealised profits offsetting  
the foreign exchange movements in monetary assets. 

20.  Loans and Borrowings

Bank loans

Current portion

Total bank loans

2021
 £m

0.1

0.1

2020 
£m

0.1

0.1

133

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section21.  Deferred Tax 
The movement on the deferred tax account is as shown below:

Opening asset/(liability)

Acquisition of GDP

Recognised in comprehensive income

Prior year adjustments

Recognised in equity

Closing asset/(liability)

Details of the deferred tax liability/(asset) are as follows:

At 31 December 2020

Comprehensive income debit/(credit)

Prior year adjustments

Recognised in equity

At 31 December 2021

Fair valuation 
of intangible 
assets
£m

Share based 
payments
£m

(4.1)

–

0.2

–

(3.9)

0.8

0.3

0.1

1.1

2.3

2021
£m

0.4

–

(0.8)

0.2

1.4

1.2

Other
£m

3.7

(1.1)

(0.1)

0.3

2.8

2020
£m

0.5

(0.6)

1.0

–

(0.5)

0.4

Total
£m

0.4

(0.8)

0.2

1.4

1.2

After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax asset 
comprises deferred tax assets of £2.8m (2020: £1.9m) and deferred tax liabilities of £1.6m (2020: £1.5m). Other 
deferred tax assets include £2.0m related to GDP previous years’ tax losses, £1.3m on temporary differences 
related to unrealised intragroup profit in stock and £0.9m on other miscellaneous net deferred tax liabilities. 

The March 2021 Budget announced an increase in the UK main rate of corporation tax from 19% to 25%, from 
1 April 2023. This rate was substantively enacted in May 2021; accordingly, deferred tax balances as at 31 
December 2021 have been recognised at 25% for all timing differences reversing after 1 April 2023.

22.  Share Capital

Ordinary shares of £0.0025 each

At beginning of the period

Issued during the year

At the end of the period

2021

Number 

116,518,420

31,580

116,550,000

£m

0.3

–

0.3

2020

Number 

116,131,199

387,221

116,518,420

£m

0.3

–

0.3

134

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continuedFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section23.  Share-based Payments
Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)

All employees and full-time Directors of the Group are eligible to participate at the discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee. Share awards may be granted subject to objective performance conditions and vest over a vesting period 
determined by the Remuneration Committee at the time of the grant.

Awards will normally lapse on cessation of employment. However, exercise is permitted for a limited period 
following cessation of employment for specified reasons such as redundancy, retirement or ill-health, and, in other 
circumstances, at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. In the event of an amalgamation, takeover or 
winding up of the Company, unvested awards may vest over such number of shares as is specified by the Remuneration 
Committee. There are also provisions for the exchange of awards in specified circumstances. The awards immediately 
lapse on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant and in the event of the participant’s bankruptcy.

Employee Sharesave Scheme (“SAYE”) 

In June 2019, the Group introduced a savings-related share scheme in which UK employees can save up to £500 
from their net after tax salary over a period of three years to purchase options. These options can be exercised at 
the end of their three-year vesting period. Employees have the option to withdraw their savings at any time and 
forfeit their right to exercise the options at the end of the vesting period.

Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are  
as follows:

2021

Number of shares

Weighted average  
exercise price
£

564,455

(31,580)

(73,299)

219,625

679,201

24,059

0.0025

0.0025

0.0025

0.0025

0.0025

0.0025

2020

Number of shares

Weighted average 
exercise price
£

666,730

(387,221)

(4,804)

289,750

564,455

35,421

0.0025

0.0025

0.0025

0.0025

0.0025

0.0025

LTIP

Outstanding at beginning of the year

Exercised

Forfeited

Granted

Outstanding at end of the year

Of which vested and exercisable

LTIP

Outstanding at beginning of the year

Exercised

Forfeited

Granted

Outstanding at end of the year

Of which vested and exercisable

135

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section23.  Share-based Payments continued

SAYE

Outstanding at beginning of the year

Granted

Outstanding at end of the year

Of which vested and exercisable

SAYE

Outstanding at beginning of the year

Granted

Outstanding at end of the year

Of which vested and exercisable

2021

Number of shares

Weighted average  
exercise price
£

68,620

6,062

74,682

–

2020

19.89

19.64

19.87

–

Number of shares

Weighted average  
exercise price
£

50,565

18,255

68,820

–

20.99

16.85

19.89

–

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the period was determined at £23.97 (2020: 
£15.66) per option. The weighted average price of options exercised in the year was £23.41 (2020: £20.31). The 
outstanding options have a weighted average remaining contractual life of nine years and exercise prices between 
£0.0025 and £24.66.

Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions were included 
in the fair value calculations. The fair value per option granted in the year and the assumptions used in the 
calculation are as follows:

Risk-free interest rate

Expected life

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield 

Share price at grant date

2021

0.15%

5 years

25.36%–30.78%

0.66%–0.67%

£24.56–£25.66

2020

0.02%

5 years

57.48%

0.93%

£16.85

For option grants the volatility range reflects the historical volatility based on share transactions since listing.  
The maximum vesting period was used as a basis to determine the expected life of the option. The expected life 
used in the valuation has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, 
exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. The risk-free rate was based on the Bank of England spot yields 
in effect at the time of grant. The expected dividend yield reflects management’s and market expectations based on 
budget projections.

136

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continuedFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section24.  Reserves
Share premium is the amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value. 

Retained earnings are the cumulative net profits in the profit or loss. Movements on these reserves are set out in 
the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

Capital redemption reserve was created as a result of the share buy-back during 2014.

The translation reserve captures exchange differences arising on the translation of non-GBP functional 
subsidiaries’ accounts on consolidation.

The cash flow hedging reserve was created as a result of the implementation of hedge accounting. It captures the 
change in fair value for hedge accounted derivatives before the hedged item is recognised in the financial statements.

25.  Dividends
In the financial year ended 31 December 2021, dividends were paid with a value of £18,399,903 (being £11,966,441 
at 10.27 pence per share in respect of the year ended 31 December 2020, and £6,433,462 at 5.52 pence per share in 
respect of the six months ended 30 June 2021). Dividends of £17,777,192 (being £11,473,762 at 9.88 pence per share 
in respect of the year ended 31 December 2019, and £6,303,430 at 5.41 pence per share in respect of the six months 
ended 30 June 2020) were paid in the prior year. 

The Directors are proposing a final dividend of 10.47 pence per share and a special dividend of 42.90 pence per 
share, totalling £62,202,735 for 2021. This dividend has not been accrued in the consolidated statement of 
financial position.

26.  Events After the Reporting Period
There were no events after the reporting period to disclose.

27.  Related Party Transactions
Compensation of key management personnel:

Short-term employee benefits

Bonus

Share based payments

Employers national insurance

2021
£m

1.2

0.6

1.0

0.5

3.3

2020
£m

1.3

0.8

–

0.1

2.2

The key management personnel are judged to be Directors. For full details of Directors’ remuneration, see the 
Remuneration Committee Report on pages 82 to 95. 

28.  Ultimate Controlling Party
In the opinion of the Directors there is no ultimate controlling party.

137

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsContents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionCOMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AT 31 DECEMBER 2021

Company number 08415302

Fixed assets

Fixed asset investments

Current assets

Debtors

Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Called up share capital

Share premium

Capital redemption reserve

Retained earnings

Shareholders’ funds

Note

4

5

6

7

8

8

8

2021
£m

62.3

5.2

77.1

82.3

(2.0)

80.3

142.6

142.6

0.3

54.8

0.1

87.4

142.6

2020
£m

60.5

35.1

65.3

100.4

(1.9)

98.5

159.0

159.0

0.3

54.8

0.1

103.8

159.0

The parent Company’s loss for the year was £1.0m (2020: £29.7m profit).

The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 15 March 2022 and 
were signed on its behalf by:

ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer

138

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionFINANCIAL STATEMENTS  |  Company Statement of Changes in Equity

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Equity as at 31 December 2019

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid 

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments

Shares issued

Share
capital
£m

0.3

–

–

–

–

–

Share
premium
£m

54.8

Capital 
redemption
reserve
£m

0.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Retained 
earnings
£m

90.6

29.7

(17.8)

1.9

(0.6)

–

Total
£m

145.8

29.7

(17.8)

1.9

(0.6)

–

Equity as at 31 December 2020

0.3

54.8

0.1

103.8

159.0

Loss and total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid 

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments

Shares issued

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Equity as at 31 December 2021

0.3

54.8

0.1

(1.0)

(18.4)

2.7

0.3

–

87.4

(1.0)

(18.4)

2.7

0.3

–

142.6

139

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionNOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

1.  Accounting Policies
Basis of Preparation

Fevertree Drinks PLC (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies 
Act 2006. It is a public company limited by shares, domiciled in England and Wales, in the United Kingdom. 
The address of its registered office is Kildare House, 3 Dorset Rise, London, EC4Y 8EN. The financial statements 
of the Company have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101, Reduced Disclosure 
Framework (FRS 101) and the Companies Act 2006.

The Company’s financial statements are presented in Sterling. Amounts are rounded to the nearest million, unless 
otherwise stated.

In preparing these financial statements the Company has taken advantage of all disclosure exemptions conferred 
by FRS 101.

Therefore, these financial statements do not include:

• 

• 

certain comparative information as otherwise required by IAS 1;

certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;

•  a statement of cash flows;

• 

• 

the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;

the disclosure of the remuneration of key management personnel; and

•  disclosure of related party transactions with wholly owned fellow group companies.

In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101 further disclosure exemptions have been adopted because equivalent 
disclosures are included in the consolidated financial statements of Fevertree Drinks PLC.

These financial statements do not include certain disclosures in respect of:

•  Share based payments;

•  Financial instruments (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial instruments at 

fair value);

•  Fair value measurement (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial instruments 

at fair value) and;

•  The disclosure requirements of IFRS 15.

In all respects, the Company applies the same accounting policies as the Group, which, as stated above, are 
outlined in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In addition, the following accounting policies are 
also applied, given the Company’s function as holding company for the Group. 

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, a separate profit or loss account of the parent Company 
has not been presented.

Investments

Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less provisions for diminution in value.

Share-based payments

The Company operates equity-settled share-based option plans. The fair value of the employee services received 
in exchange for the participation in the plan is recognised as an expense in the profit or loss account, to the 
extent that the recipients are employees of the Company, and recognised as an investment in subsidiary where 
the recipients are employees of a subsidiary. The corresponding credit has been recognised in the profit or loss 
account reserve.

The fair value of the employee service is based on the fair value of the equity instrument granted. Where the 
expense is charged to the profit or loss account, it is spread over the vesting period of the instrument.

140

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionFINANCIAL STATEMENTS  |  Notes to the Company Financial Statements

2.  Result from Operations 
(Loss)/profit is stated after (crediting)/charging:

Share based payments

2021
£m

0.9

2020
£m

1.9

Fees for the audit of this Company were borne by another Group company. The auditor remuneration for the audit 
of this Company was £20,000 (2020: £20,000).

3.  Staff Costs

Short-term employee benefits

Accrued bonus

Employers national insurance

2021
£m

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.1

2020
£m

1.3

0.8

0.4

2.5

No headcount figures are included within this note since salaries are recharged for services to the Company from 
other Group companies.

4.  Fixed Asset Investment

Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Balance as at 1 January

Additions

Balance as at 31 December

2021
£m

60.5

1.8

62.3

Additions within the period ended 31 December 2021 relate to share based payments of the Company’s shares 
offered to employees of subsidiary entities, which are treated as an equity investment by the Company. 

Refer to note 15 of the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the list of the Company’s subsidiaries.

5.  Debtors

Amounts owed by group undertakings

Other receivables

Deferred tax asset

2021
£m

4.1

0.1

1.0

5.2

2020
£m

60.5

-

60.5

2020
£m

34.3

–

0.8

35.1

141

Contents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section 
 
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

6.  Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year

Accruals

Other payables

Amounts owed to group undertakings

Corporation tax liability

2021
£m

0.3

0.9

0.4

0.4

2.0

2020
£m

0.9

0.5

0.3

0.2

1.9

7.  Share Capital
Refer to note 22 of the consolidated financial statements for information on share capital.

8.  Reserves
Refer to note 24 of the consolidated financial statements for a description of the reserves.

9.  Related Party Transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption not to disclose related party transactions with wholly owned 
fellow Group companies. Related party transactions with key management personnel (including Directors) are 
shown in note 27 of the consolidated financial statements.

10.  Share-based Payments
Share based payment arrangements for Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report.

Details of the share options in existence are shown in note 23 of the consolidated financial statements.

11.  Events After the Reporting Period
There were no events after the reporting period to disclose.

142

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionADDITIONAL INFORMATION  |  Company Information

COMPANY INFORMATION 

Registered and Head Office
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London  
W6 7NL

Company Website
www.fever-tree.com

Company Secretary
Alex O’Connell

Advisers
Nominated Adviser and Joint Broker

Numis Securities  
45 Gresham Street  
London  
EC2V 7BF 

Joint Broker

Investec Bank plc  
30 Gresham Street  
London  
EC2V 7QP

Legal advisers to the Company
Osborne Clarke  
One London Wall  
London  
EC2Y 5EB

Auditors
BDO LLP  
55 Baker Street  
London  
W1U 7EU

Registrars
Link Group  
10th Floor  
Central Square  
29 Wellington Street  
Leeds  
LS1 4DL

143

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionNOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting (the “AGM”) of Fevertree Drinks plc (the “Company”) 
will be held at the office of Fever Tree at 186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, W6 7NL, on 19 May 2022 at 11.30 a.m. 

At the time of serving this notice, and having considered the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the latest UK 
Government measures on physical public gatherings, the Board is satisfied that the AGM can take place in person 
this year. However, given potential uncertainty, we encourage all shareholders to vote by proxy, further details of 
which are contained in this notice.

If you plan to attend the AGM in person, please notify the Company in advance by email to agm@fever-tree.com 
to assist us in planning and implementing arrangements for this year’s meeting. In light of the ongoing COVID-19 
pandemic, and to ensure the safety of all attendees, the Company may need to implement health and safety protocols 
for the meeting, details of which will be available on the Company’s website at fever-tree.com/en_GB/investors.

For the avoidance of doubt, please do not attend in person if you have symptoms of or have tested positive for 
COVID-19 on the day of the meeting.

The Company wishes to advise that, should the situation in relation to COVID-19 change, or any further UK 
Government measures on physical public gatherings be put into place, the Board may make changes to the format 
of the AGM by changing it to a closed meeting, convened with the minimum quorum of two shareholders which 
the Company will arrange. In the event that any changes are required prior to the date of the meeting, we will 
announce these through a regulatory news service and on the Company’s website. 

Shareholders are invited to submit any questions for the Board by sending an email to agm@fever-tree.com. 
The AGM will be for the following purposes:

Ordinary business
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as ordinary resolutions:

1.  Report and accounts

To receive the audited annual accounts of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2021 together 
with the Directors’ reports and the Auditors’ report on those annual accounts.

2.  Directors’ Remuneration 

To approve the Directors' remuneration report for the year ended 31 December 2021. 

3.  Declaration of dividend

To declare a final dividend of 10.47p per ordinary share for the year ended 31 December 2021 payable 
on 27 May 2022 to shareholders who are on the register of members of the Company on 7 April 2022.

4.  Declaration of special dividend

To declare a special dividend of 42.90p per ordinary share payable on 27 May 2022 to shareholders who are on 
the register of members of the Company on 7 April 2022.

5.  Re-election of William Ronald

To re-elect William Ronald as a Director.

6.  Re-election of Timothy Warrillow

To re-elect Timothy Warrillow as a Director.

7.  Re-election of Andrew Branchflower

To re-elect Andrew Branchflower as a Director.

8.  Re-election of Coline McConville

To re-elect Coline McConville as a Director.

9.  Re-election of Kevin Havelock

To re-elect Kevin Havelock as a Director.

10.  Re-election of Jeff Popkin

To re-elect Jeff Popkin as a Director.3.

144

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionADDITIONAL INFORMATION  |  Notice of Annual General Meeting.

11.  Re-election of Domenic De Lorenzo

To re-elect Domenic De Lorenzo as a Director.

12.  Re-election of Laura Hagan

To re-elect Laura Hagan as a Director. 

13.  Re-appointment of Auditors

To re-appoint BDO LLP as Auditors of the Company to hold office from the conclusion of this AGM  
until the conclusion of the next general meeting at which accounts are laid before the Company.

14.  Auditors’ remuneration

To authorise the Directors to determine the remuneration of the Auditors.

Special business
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions of which resolution 15 will be proposed as an 
ordinary resolution and resolutions 16 and 17 will be proposed as special resolutions.

15.  Directors’ authority to allot shares

That, in substitution for any equivalent authorities and powers granted to the Directors prior to the passing 
of this resolution, the Directors be and they are generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to Section 
551, Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”) to exercise all powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company, 
and grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares of the Company (such shares, and 
rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares of the Company being “relevant securities”) 
up to an aggregate nominal amount of £97,125 provided that, unless previously revoked, varied or extended, 
this authority shall expire on the earlier of the date falling 18 months after the date of the passing of this 
resolution and the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company, except that the Company may at any time 
before such expiry make an offer or agreement which would or might require relevant securities to be allotted 
after such expiry and the Directors may allot relevant securities in pursuance of such an offer or agreement 
as if this authority had not expired. 

16.  Directors’ power to issue shares for cash

That, in substitution for any equivalent authorities and powers granted to the Directors prior to the passing 
of this resolution, the Directors be and they are empowered to allot equity securities (as defined in Section 560 
of the Act) of the Company wholly for cash pursuant to the authority of the Directors under Section 551 of the 
Act conferred by resolution 15 above (in accordance with Section 570(1) of the Act) and/or by way of a sale of 
treasury shares (in accordance with Section 573 of the Act), in each case as if Section 561(1) of the Act did not 
apply to such allotment provided that the power conferred by this resolution shall be limited to:

(i) 

the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of, or invitation to apply for, equity 
securities:

(A) 

 in favour of holders of ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, where the equity securities 
respectively attributable to the interests of all such holders are proportionate (as nearly as practicable) 
to the respective number of ordinary shares in the capital of the Company held by them; and

(B) 

 to holders of any other equity securities as required by the rights of those securities or as the 
Directors otherwise consider necessary,

but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to 
deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal, regulatory or practical problems arising under 
the laws or requirements of any overseas territory or by virtue of shares being represented by depository 
receipts or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or any other matter whatsoever; and

(ii)  the allotment, otherwise, than pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) above, of equity securities up to an 

aggregate nominal value equal to £14,568; and

unless previously revoked, varied or extended, this power shall expire on the earlier of the date falling 
18 months after the date of the passing of this resolution and the conclusion of the next AGM of the 
Company except that the Company may before the expiry of this power make an offer or agreement which 
would or might require equity securities to be allotted or sold after such expiry and the Directors may 
allot or sell equity securities in pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if this power had not expired.

145

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section 
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING continued

17.  Authority to purchase shares (market purchases)

That the Company be and is hereby unconditionally and generally authorised for the purposes of Section 701 
of the Act to make market purchases (within the meaning of Section 693(4) of the Act) of its ordinary shares 
of 0.25p each (“Ordinary Shares”) provided that:

(i) 

the maximum number of Ordinary Shares authorised to be purchased is 11,655,000;

(ii)  the minimum price which may be paid for any such Ordinary Share is 0.25p;

(iii)  the maximum price which may be paid for an Ordinary Share shall be the higher of:

1.  an amount equal to 105% of the average middle market quotations for an Ordinary Share as derived 

from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the 5 business days immediately preceding the 
day on which the Ordinary Share is contracted to be purchased; and

2.  the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the 

trading venue where the purchase is carried out; and

(iv)  this authority shall, unless previously renewed, revoked or varied, expire on the earlier of the date 

falling 18 months after the date of the passing of this resolution and the conclusion of the next AGM, 
but the Company may enter into a contract for the purchase of Ordinary Shares before the expiry of this 
authority which would or might be completed (wholly or partly) after its expiry.

By order of the Board

ALEX O’CONNELL
Company Secretary

Dated: 19 April 2022 
Registered Office: 
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London 
W6 7NL

Notes
1.  Pursuant to Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended), only those 

members registered in the register of members of the Company at the close of business on 17 May 2022 (or if 
the AGM is adjourned, 48 hours before the time fixed for the adjourned AGM) shall be entitled to attend and 
vote at the AGM in respect of the number of shares registered in their name at that time. Any changes to the 
register of members after such time shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or 
vote at the AGM.

2.  Although this year's AGM is an open meeting, we encourage all shareholders to vote by proxy, further 

details of which are contained in this notice in Note 7 below. All shareholders are encouraged to appoint the 
Chairman of the meeting as their proxy rather than a named person.

3.  Each of the resolutions to be put to the meeting will be voted on by a poll reflecting the number of voting 

rights exercisable by each member. The results of the vote will be published on the Company’s website once 
the votes have been counted and verified.

4.  In the case of joint holders of shares, the vote of the first named in the register of members who tenders a vote 

shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of other joint holders.

146

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION  |  Notice of Annual General Meeting.

5.  A member that is a company or other organisation not having a physical presence cannot attend in person but 

can appoint someone to represent it. This can be by the appointment of a proxy (described in Note 7 below). 
Members considering the appointment of a corporate representative should check their own legal position,  
the Company’s articles of association and the relevant provision of the Companies Act 2006.

6.  Copies of the Executive Directors’ service contracts with the Company and any of its subsidiary undertakings 

are available on request.

7.  You can vote either:

• 

• 

by logging on to www.signalshares.com and following the instructions;

you may request a hard copy form of proxy directly from the registrars, Link Asset Services, at 
enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk or on Tel: 0371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the standard geographic 
rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable 
international rate. Lines are open between 09.00 – 17.30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays  
in England and Wales;

• 

in the case of CREST members, by utilising the CREST electronic proxy appointment service in 
accordance with the procedures set out below.

In order for a proxy appointment to be valid a form of proxy must be completed. In each case the form of 
proxy must be received by Link Group, 10th Floor, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL by 
11.30 a.m. on 17 May 2022.

8.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST proxy appointment service 

may do so for the AGM (and any adjournment thereof ) by following the procedures described in the CREST 
Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members (and those CREST members who 
have appointed a voting service provider) should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider, who 
will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

9.  In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate 

CREST message (a “CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear 
UK & Ireland Limited’s (“Euroclear”) specifications and must contain the information required for such 
instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message (regardless of whether it relates to the 
appointment of a proxy or to an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy) must, 
in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received by Link Asset Services, RA10 by 11.30 a.m. on 17 May 
2022. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp 
applied to the message by the CREST Applications Host) from which Link Asset Services is able to retrieve the 
message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any change of instructions 
to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee through other means.

10.  CREST members (and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers) should note that 
Euroclear does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system 
timings and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions.

11.  It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or if the CREST member is a CREST 
personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider, to procure that his 
CREST sponsor or voting service provider takes) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message 
is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members 
(and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers) are referred, in particular, to those 
sections of the CREST Manual (available at www.euroclear.com/CREST) concerning practical limitations of 
the CREST system and timings.

12.  The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 

35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended).

147

Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – Section 
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING continued

Explanatory notes 
Resolution 1 – Receiving the account and reports

The Company must lay its annual accounts before a general meeting, together with the Directors’ reports and 
Auditors’ report on the accounts. At the AGM, the Directors will present these documents to the shareholders for 
the financial year ended 31 December 2021.

Resolution 2 – Directors’ remuneration

Shareholders have an opportunity to cast an advisory vote to approve the Directors' remuneration report for the 
year ended 31 December 2021. The report is set out in full in the Annual Report.

Resolution 3 – Declaration of final dividend

This resolution concerns the Company’s final dividend payment. The Directors are recommending a final dividend 
of 10.47p per ordinary share in respect of the year ended 31 December 2021 which, if approved, will be payable on 
27 May 2022 to the shareholders on the register of members on 7 April 2022. The last day for DRIP elections will 
be 22 April 2022. 

Resolution 4 – Declaration of special dividend

This resolution concerns the Company’s proposed payment of an additional special dividend. The Directors are 
recommending a special dividend of 42.90p per ordinary share which, if approved, will be payable on 27 May 
2022 to the shareholders on the register of members on 7 April 2022. The last day for DRIP elections will be 
22 April 2022. 

Resolutions 5–12 – Re-election of directors

Resolutions 5–12 concern the re-election of the directors of the Company who, in accordance with best practice in 
corporate governance, are offering themselves for re-election. Resolution 12 concerns the re-election of Laura Hagan 
who, having been appointed since the last AGM, is required to offer herself for re-election in accordance with the 
Company's articles of association. The biographies for each of the directors is provided in the Annual Report.

Resolution 13 – Re-appointment of Auditors

This resolution concerns the re-appointment of BDO LLP as Auditors until the conclusion of the next general 
meeting at which accounts are laid, that is, the next AGM.

Resolution 14 – Auditors’ remuneration 

This resolution authorises the Directors to fix the Auditors’ remuneration, in accordance with standard practice.

Resolution 15 – Directors’ power to allot shares

This resolution grants the Directors authority to allot shares in the capital of the Company and other relevant 
securities up to an aggregate nominal value of £97,125, representing approximately one third of the nominal value 
of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 7 April 2022 being the latest practicable date before 
publication of this notice.

The Directors do not have any present intention of exercising the authorities conferred by this resolution, but they 
consider it desirable that the specified amount of authorised, but unissued share capital is available for issue so 
that they can more readily take advantage of possible opportunities.

Unless revoked, varied or extended, this authority will expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company 
or the date falling 18 months from the passing of the resolution, whichever is the earlier.

148

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC | Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Contents_GEN_PageContents_GEN_PageL2Contents Generation – SectionADDITIONAL INFORMATION  |  Notice of Annual General Meeting

Resolution 16 – Directors’ power to issue shares for cash for pre-emptive issues and general purposes

This resolution authorises the Directors in certain circumstances to allot equity securities for cash other than in 
accordance with the statutory pre-emption rights (which require a company to offer all allotments for cash first to 
existing shareholders in proportion to their holdings). The relevant circumstances are either where the allotment 
takes place in connection with a rights issue, or the allotment is limited to a maximum nominal amount of 
£14,568 representing approximately 5% of the nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company 
as at 7 April 2022 being the latest practicable date before publication of this notice. Unless revoked, varied or 
extended, this authority will expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company or 18 months after the 
passing of the resolution, whichever is the earlier.

Resolution 17 – Authority to purchase shares (market purchase)

This resolution authorises the board to make market purchases of up to 11,655,000 ordinary shares (representing 
approximately 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary shares as at 7 April 2022 being the latest practicable date 
before publication of this notice). Shares so purchased may be cancelled or held as treasury shares. The authority 
will expire at the end of the next AGM of the Company or 18 months from the passing of the resolution, whichever 
is the earlier. The Directors intend to seek renewal of this authority at subsequent AGMs.

The minimum price that can be paid for an ordinary share is 0.25p being the nominal value of an ordinary share. 
The maximum price that can be paid is the higher of (i) 5% over the average of the middle market prices for an 
ordinary share, derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange, for the five business days 
immediately before the day on which the share is contracted to be purchased, and (ii) the higher of the price of 
the last independent trade, and the highest current independent bid on the trading venue where the purchase is 
carried out.

The Directors intend to exercise this right only when, in light of the market conditions prevailing at the time 
and taking into account all relevant factors (for example, the effect on earnings per share), they believe that 
such purchases are in the best interests of the Company and shareholders generally. The overall position of the 
Company will be taken into account before deciding upon this course of action. The decision as to whether any 
such shares bought back will be cancelled or held in treasury will be made by the Directors on the same basis at 
the time of the purchase.

The Directors do not have any present intention of exercising the authorities conferred by this resolution, 
but they consider it desirable that the authorities are in place so that they can more readily take advantage of 
possible opportunities.

CBP00019082504183028

Printed by a CarbonNeutral® Company certified to ISO 14001 environmental 
management system.

100% of all dry waste associated with this production has been recycled.

This publication is printed on Revive 100 offset an FSC® certified paper  
produced from recycled material, manufactured at a mill that has ISO 14001 
environmental standard accreditation.

The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international 
conservation charity, who offset carbon emissions through the purchase and 
preservation of high conservation value land. Through protecting standing forests, 
under threat of clearance, carbon is locked-in, that would otherwise be released.

149

F

e

v

e

r

-

T

r

e

e

D

r

i

n

k

s

P

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

Registered and Head Office
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London, W6 7NL

Company Website
www.fever-tree.com